© 2022

Table of Contents

Preface vi

Outline viii

1 Review 1
1.1 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Inverse Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3 Trig Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.4 Solving Trig Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.5 Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.6 Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.7 Exponential Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.8 Logarithm Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.9 Exponential And Logarithm Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.10 Common Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

2 Limits 19
2.1 Tangent Lines And Rates Of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2 The Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3 One-Sided Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.4 Limit Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.5 Computing Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.6 Infinite Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.7 Limits at Infinity, Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.8 Limits at Infinity, Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.9 Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.10 The Definition of the Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

3 Derivatives 48
3.1 The Definition of the Derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.2 Interpretation of the Derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.3 Differentiation Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.4 Product and Quotient Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.5 Derivatives of Trig Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.6 Derivatives of Exponentials & Logarithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

i
 Table of Contents

3.7 Derivatives of Inverse Trig Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

3.8 Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.9 Chain Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.10 Implicit Differentiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.11 Related Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.12 Higher Order Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.13 Logarithmic Differentiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

4 Derivative Applications 84
4.1 Rates of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.2 Critical Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.3 Minimum and Maximum Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.4 Finding Absolute Extrema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.5 The Shape of a Graph, Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.6 The Shape of a Graph, Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.7 The Mean Value Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
4.8 Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
4.9 More Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.10 L’Hospital’s Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
4.11 Linear Approximations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
4.12 Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
4.13 Newton’s Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
4.14 Business Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

5 Integrals 127
5.1 Indefinite Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5.2 Computing Indefinite Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.3 Substitution Rule for Indefinite Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.4 More Substitution Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.5 Area Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
5.6 Definition of the Definite Integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.7 Computing Definite Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.8 Substitution Rule for Definite Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

6 Applications of Integrals 146

6.1 Average Function Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.2 Area Between Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
6.3 Volume with Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
6.4 Volume with Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.5 More Volume Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.6 Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

7 Integration Techniques 158

7.1 Integration by Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – ii –

 Table of Contents

7.2 Integrals Involving Trig Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

7.3 Trig Substitutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
7.4 Partial Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
7.5 Integrals Involving Roots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
7.6 Integrals Involving Quadratics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
7.7 Integration Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
7.8 Improper Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
7.9 Comparison Test for Improper Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
7.10 Approximating Definite Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

8 More Applications of Integrals 176

8.1 Arc Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8.2 Surface Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.3 Center Of Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.4 Hydrostatic Pressure and Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8.5 Probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

9 Parametric and Polar 186

9.1 Parametric Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.2 Tangents with Parametric Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.3 Area with Parametric Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
9.4 Arc Length with Parametric Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.5 Surface Area with Parametric Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
9.6 Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
9.7 Tangents with Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
9.8 Area with Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
9.9 Arc Length with Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
9.10 Surface Area with Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
9.11 Arc Length and Surface Area Revisited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

10 Series and Sequences 201

10.1 Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
10.2 More on Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
10.3 Series - Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
10.4 Convergence & Divergence of Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
10.5 Special Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
10.6 Integral Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
10.7 Comparison & Limit Comparison Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
10.8 Alternating Series Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
10.9 Absolute Convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
10.10 Ratio Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
10.11 Root Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
10.12 Strategy for Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
10.13 Estimating the Value of a Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – iii –

 Table of Contents

10.14 Power Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

10.15 Power Series and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
10.16 Taylor Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
10.17 Applications of Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
10.18 Binomial Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

11 Vectors 221
11.1 Basic Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
11.2 Vector Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
11.3 Dot Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
11.4 Cross Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

12 3 Dimensional Space 228

12.1 The 3-D Coordinate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
12.2 Equations of Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
12.3 Equations of Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
12.4 Quadric Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
12.5 Functions of Several Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
12.6 Vector Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
12.7 Calculus with Vector Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
12.8 Tangent Normal Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
12.9 Arc Length with Vector Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
12.10 Curvature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
12.11 Velocity and Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
12.12 Cylindrical Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
12.13 Spherical Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

13 Partial Derivatives 244

13.1 Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
13.2 Partial Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
13.3 Interpretations of Partial Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
13.4 Higher Order Partial Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
13.5 Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
13.6 Chain Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
13.7 Directional Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

14 Applications of Partial Derivatives 254

14.1 Tangent Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
14.2 Gradient Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
14.3 Relative Extrema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
14.4 Relative Extrema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
14.5 Lagrange Multipliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

15 Multiple Integrals 260

15.1 Double Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – iv –

 Table of Contents

15.2 Iterated Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

15.3 Double Integrals over General Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
15.4 Double Integrals in Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
15.5 Triple Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
15.6 Triple Integrals in Cylindrical Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
15.7 Triple Integrals in Spherical Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
15.8 Change of Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
15.9 Surface Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
15.10 Area and Volume Revisited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

16 Line Integrals 278

16.1 Vector Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
16.2 Line Integrals - Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
16.3 Line Integrals - Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
16.4 Line Integrals of Vector Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
16.5 Fundamental Theorem for Line Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
16.6 Conservative Vector Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
16.7 Green’s Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

17 Surface Integrals 296

17.1 Curl and Divergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
17.2 Parametric Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
17.3 Surface Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
17.4 Surface Integrals of Vector Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
17.5 Stokes’ Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
17.6 Divergence Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –v–

Preface

First, here’s a little bit of history on how this material was created (there’s a reason for this, I
promise). A long time ago (2002 or so) when I decided I wanted to put some mathematics stuff on
the web I wanted a format for the source documents that could produce both a pdf version as well
as a web version of the material. After some investigation I decided to use MS Word and MathType
as the easiest/quickest method for doing that. The result was a pretty ugly HTML (i.e web page
code) and had the drawback of the mathematics were images which made editing the mathematics
painful. However, it was the quickest way or dealing with this stuff.
Fast forward a few years (don’t recall how many at this point) and the web had matured enough
that it was now much easier to write mathematics in LATEX (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LaTeX) and
have it display on the web (LATEX was my first choice for writing the source documents). So, I found
a tool that could convert the MS Word mathematics in the source documents to LATEX. It wasn’t
perfect and I had to write some custom rules to help with the conversion but it was able to do it
without “messing” with the mathematics and so I didn’t need to worry about any math errors being
introduced in the conversion process. The only problem with the tool is that all it could do was
convert the mathematics and not the rest of the source document into LATEX. That meant I just
converted the math into LATEX for the website but didn’t convert the source documents.
Now, here’s the reason for this history lesson. Fast forward even more years and I decided that I
really needed to convert the source documents into LATEX as that would just make my life easier and
I’d be able to enable working links in the pdf as well as a simple way of producing an index for the
material. The only issue is that the original tool I’d use to convert the MS Word mathematics had
become, shall we say, unreliable and so that was no longer an option and it still has the problem
on not converting anything else into proper LATEX code.
So, the best option that I had available to me is to take the web pages, which already had the
mathematics in proper LATEX format, and convert the rest of the HTML into LATEX code. I wrote a
set of tools to do his and, for the most part, did a pretty decent job. The only problem is that the
tools weren’t perfect. So, if you run into some “odd” stuff here (things like <sup>, <span>, </span>,
<div>, etc.) please let me know the section with the code that I missed. I did my best to find all the
“orphaned” HTML code but I’m certain I missed some on occasion as I did find my eyes glazing
over every once in a while as I went over the converted document.
Now, with that out of the way, here are a set of assignment problems for the Calculus notes.
Please note that these problems do not have any solutions available. These are intended mostly
for instructors who might want a set of problems to assign for turning in. Having solutions available
(or even just final answers) would defeat the purpose of the problems.

vi
 Preface

If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – vii –

Outline

Here is a listing of sections for which assignment problems have been written as well as a brief
description of the material covered in the notes for that particular section.
Please note that these problems do not have any solutions available. These are intended mostly
for instructors who might want a set of problems to assign for turning in. Having solutions available
(or even just final answers) would defeat the purpose of the problems.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.
Review - In this chapter we give a brief review of selected topics from Algebra and Trig that are
vital to surviving a Calculus course. Included are Functions, Trig Functions, Solving Trig Equations,
Exponential/Logarithm Functions and Solving Exponential/Logarithm Equations.
Functions - In this section we will cover function notation/evaluation, determining the domain
and range of a function and function composition.
Inverse Functions - In this section we will define an inverse function and the notation used
for inverse functions. We will also discuss the process for finding an inverse function.
Trig Functions - In this section we will give a quick review of trig functions. We will cover
the basic notation, relationship between the trig functions, the right triangle definition of the
trig functions. We will also cover evaluation of trig functions as well as the unit circle (one
of the most important ideas from a trig class!) and how it can be used to evaluate trig func-
tions.
Solving Trig Equations - In this section we will discuss how to solve trig equations. The
answers to the equations in this section will all be one of the “standard” angles that most
students have memorized after a trig class. However, the process used here can be used
for any answer regardless of it being one of the standard angles or not.
Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part I - In this section we will discuss solving trig
equations when the answer will (generally) require the use of a calculator (i.e. they aren’t
one of the standard angles). Note however, the process used here is identical to that for
when the answer is one of the standard angles. The only difference is that the answers in
here can be a little messy due to the need of a calculator. Included is a brief discussion of
inverse trig functions.
Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part II - In this section we will continue our discussion

viii
 Outline

of solving trig equations when a calculator is needed to get the answer. The equations in this
section tend to be a little trickier than the ”normal” trig equation and are not always covered
in a trig class.
Exponential Functions - In this section we will discuss exponential functions. We will cover
the basic definition of an exponential function, the natural exponential function, i.e. ex , as
well as the properties and graphs of exponential functions
Logarithm Functions - In this section we will discuss logarithm functions, evaluation of log-
arithms and their properties. We will discuss many of the basic manipulations of logarithms
that commonly occur in Calculus (and higher) classes. Included is a discussion of the natural
(ln(x)) and common logarithm (log(x)) as well as the change of base formula.
Exponential and Logarithm Equations - In this section we will discuss various methods for
solving equations that involve exponential functions or logarithm functions.
Common Graphs - In this section we will do a very quick review of many of the most common
functions and their graphs that typically show up in a Calculus class.
Limits - In this chapter we introduce the concept of limits. We will discuss the interpretation/meaning
of a limit, how to evaluate limits, the definition and evaluation of one-sided limits, evaluation of
infinite limits, evaluation of limits at infinity, continuity and the Intermediate Value Theorem. We
will also give a brief introduction to a precise definition of the limit and how to use it to evaluate
limits.
Tangent Lines and Rates of Change -In this section we will introduce two problems that we
will see time and again in this course : Rate of Change of a function and Tangent Lines to
functions. Both of these problems will be used to introduce the concept of limits, although
we won’t formally give the definition or notation until the next section.
The Limit - In this section we will introduce the notation of the limit. We will also take a
conceptual look at limits and try to get a grasp on just what they are and what they can tell
us. We will be estimating the value of limits in this section to help us understand what they
tell us. We will actually start computing limits in a couple of sections.
One-Sided Limits - In this section we will introduce the concept of one-sided limits. We will
discuss the differences between one-sided limits and limits as well as how they are related
to each other.
Limit Properties - In this section we will discuss the properties of limits that we’ll need to use
in computing limits (as opposed to estimating them as we’ve done to this point). We will also
compute a couple of basic limits in this section.
Computing Limits - In this section we will looks at several types of limits that require some
work before we can use the limit properties to compute them. We will also look at computing
limits of piecewise functions and use of the Squeeze Theorem to compute some limits.
Infinite Limits - In this section we will look at limits that have a value of infinity or negative
infinity. We’ll also take a brief look at vertical asymptotes.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – ix –

 Outline

Limits At Infinity, Part I - In this section we will start looking at limits at infinity, i.e. limits in which
the variable gets very large in either the positive or negative sense. We will concentrate on
polynomials and rational expressions in this section. We’ll also take a brief look at horizontal
asymptotes.
Limits At Infinity, Part II - In this section we will continue covering limits at infinity. We’ll be
looking at exponentials, logarithms and inverse tangents in this section.
Continuity - In this section we will introduce the concept of continuity and how it relates to
limits. We will also see the Intermediate Value Theorem in this section and how it can be
used to determine if functions have solutions in a given interval.
The Definition of the Limit - In this section we will give a precise definition of several of the
limits covered in this section. We will work several basic examples illustrating how to use this
precise definition to compute a limit. We’ll also give a precise definition of continuity.
Derivatives - In this chapter we will start looking at the next major topic in a calculus class, deriva-
tives. This chapter is devoted almost exclusively to finding derivatives. We will be looking at one
application of them in this chapter. We will be leaving most of the applications of derivatives to the
next chapter.
The Definition of the Derivative - In this section we define the derivative, give various nota-
tions for the derivative and work a few problems illustrating how to use the definition of the
derivative to actually compute the derivative of a function.
Interpretation of the Derivative - In this section we give several of the more important inter-
pretations of the derivative. We discuss the rate of change of a function, the velocity of a
moving object and the slope of the tangent line to a graph of a function.
Differentiation Formulas - In this section we give most of the general derivative formulas and
properties used when taking the derivative of a function. Examples in this section concentrate
mostly on polynomials, roots and more generally variables raised to powers.
Product and Quotient Rule - In this section we will give two of the more important formulas
for differentiating functions. We will discuss the Product Rule and the Quotient Rule allowing
us to differentiate functions that, up to this point, we were unable to differentiate.
Derivatives of Trig Functions - In this section we will discuss differentiating trig functions.
Derivatives of all six trig functions are given and we show the derivation of the derivative of
sin(x) and tan(x).
Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithm Functions - In this section we derive the formulas
for the derivatives of the exponential and logarithm functions.
Derivatives of Inverse Trig Functions - In this section we give the derivatives of all six inverse
trig functions. We show the derivation of the formulas for inverse sine, inverse cosine and
inverse tangent.
Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions - In this section we define the hyperbolic functions, give
the relationships between them and some of the basic facts involving hyperbolic functions.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –x–

 Outline

We also give the derivatives of each of the six hyperbolic functions and show the derivation
of the formula for hyperbolic sine.
Chain Rule - In this section we discuss one of the more useful and important differentiation
formulas, The Chain Rule. With the chain rule in hand we will be able to differentiate a much
wider variety of functions. As you will see throughout the rest of your Calculus courses a
great many of derivatives you take will involve the chain rule!
Implicit Differentiation - In this section we will discuss implicit differentiation. Not every func-
tion can be explicitly written in terms of the independent variable, e.g. y = f(x) and yet we
will still need to know what f’(x) is. Implicit differentiation will allow us to find the derivative
in these cases. Knowing implicit differentiation will allow us to do one of the more important
applications of derivatives, Related Rates (the next section).
Related Rates - In this section we will discuss the only application of derivatives in this sec-
tion, Related Rates. In related rates problems we are give the rate of change of one quantity
in a problem and asked to determine the rate of one (or more) quantities in the problem. This
is often one of the more difficult sections for students. We work quite a few problems in this
section so hopefully by the end of this section you will get a decent understanding on how
these problems work.
Higher Order Derivatives - In this section we define the concept of higher order derivatives
and give a quick application of the second order derivative and show how implicit differenti-
ation works for higher order derivatives.
Logarithmic Differentiation - In this section we will discuss logarithmic differentiation. Loga-
rithmic differentiation gives an alternative method for differentiating products and quotients
(sometimes easier than using product and quotient rule). More importantly, however, is the
fact that logarithm differentiation allows us to differentiate functions that are in the form of one
function raised to another function, i.e. there are variables in both the base and exponent of
the function.
Derivative Applications - In the previous chapter we focused almost exclusively on the computation
of derivatives. In this chapter will focus on applications of derivatives. It is important to always
remember that we didn’t spend a whole chapter talking about computing derivatives just to be
talking about them. There are many very important applications to derivatives.
The two main applications that we’ll be looking at in this chapter are using derivatives to determine
information about graphs of functions and optimization problems. These will not be the only appli-
cations however. We will be revisiting limits and taking a look at an application of derivatives that
will allow us to compute limits that we haven’t been able to compute previously. We will also see
how derivatives can be used to estimate solutions to equations.
Rates of Change - In this section we review the main application/interpretation of deriva-
tives from the previous chapter (i.e. rates of change) that we will be using in many of the
applications in this chapter.
Critical Points - In this section we give the definition of critical points. Critical points will show

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xi –

 Outline

up in most of the sections in this chapter, so it will be important to understand them and how
to find them. We will work a number of examples illustrating how to find them for a wide
variety of functions.
Minimum and Maximum Values - In this section we define absolute (or global) minimum and
maximum values of a function and relative (or local) minimum and maximum values of a
function. It is important to understand the difference between the two types of minimum/-
maximum (collectively called extrema) values for many of the applications in this chapter
and so we use a variety of examples to help with this. We also give the Extreme Value Theo-
rem and Fermat’s Theorem, both of which are very important in the many of the applications
we’ll see in this chapter.
Finding Absolute Extrema - In this section we discuss how to find the absolute (or global)
minimum and maximum values of a function. In other words, we will be finding the largest
and smallest values that a function will have.
The Shape of a Graph, Part I - In this section we will discuss what the first derivative of a
function can tell us about the graph of a function. The first derivative will allow us to identify
the relative (or local) minimum and maximum values of a function and where a function will
be increasing and decreasing. We will also give the First Derivative test which will allow us
to classify critical points as relative minimums, relative maximums or neither a minimum or
a maximum.
The Shape of a Graph, Part II - In this section we will discuss what the second derivative
of a function can tell us about the graph of a function. The second derivative will allow us
to determine where the graph of a function is concave up and concave down. The second
derivative will also allow us to identify any inflection points (i.e. where concavity changes)
that a function may have. We will also give the Second Derivative Test that will give an
alternative method for identifying some critical points (but not all) as relative minimums or
relative maximums.
The Mean Value Theorem - In this section we will give Rolle’s Theorem and the Mean Value
Theorem. With the Mean Value Theorem we will prove a couple of very nice facts, one of
which will be very useful in the next chapter.
Optimization Problems - In this section we will be determining the absolute minimum and/or
maximum of a function that depends on two variables given some constraint, or relationship,
that the two variables must always satisfy. We will discuss several methods for determining
the absolute minimum or maximum of the function. Examples in this section tend to center
around geometric objects such as squares, boxes, cylinders, etc.
More Optimization Problems - In this section we will continue working optimization problems.
The examples in this section tend to be a little more involved and will often involve situations
that will be more easily described with a sketch as opposed to the ’simple’ geometric objects
we looked at in the previous section.
L’Hospital’s Rule and Indeterminate Forms - In this section we will revisit indeterminate forms
and limits and take a look at L’Hospital’s Rule. L’Hospital’s Rule will allow us to evaluate some

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xii –

 Outline

limits we were not able to previously.

Linear Approximations - In this section we discuss using the derivative to compute a linear
approximation to a function. We can use the linear approximation to a function to approximate
values of the function at certain points. While it might not seem like a useful thing to do with
when we have the function there really are reasons that one might want to do this. We give
two ways this can be useful in the examples.
Differentials - In this section we will compute the differential for a function. We will give
an application of differentials in this section. However, one of the more important uses of
differentials will come in the next chapter and unfortunately we will not be able to discuss it
until then.
Newton’s Method - In this section we will discuss Newton’s Method. Newton’s Method is an
application of derivatives that will allow us to approximate solutions to an equation. There
are many equations that cannot be solved directly and with this method we can get approxi-
mations to the solutions to many of those equations.
Business Applications - In this section we will give a cursory discussion of some basic ap-
plications of derivatives to the business field. We will revisit finding the maximum and/or
minimum function value and we will define the marginal cost function, the average cost, the
revenue function, the marginal revenue function and the marginal profit function. Note that
this section is only intended to introduce these concepts and not teach you everything about
them.
Integrals In this chapter we will be looking at integrals. Integrals are the third and final major topic
that will be covered in this class. As with derivatives this chapter will be devoted almost exclusively
to finding and computing integrals. Applications will be given in the following chapter. There are
really two types of integrals that we’ll be looking at in this chapter : Indefinite Integrals and Definite
Integrals. The first half of this chapter is devoted to indefinite integrals and the last half is devoted
to definite integrals. As we will see in the last half of the chapter if we don’t know indefinite integrals
we will not be able to do definite integrals.
Indefinite Integrals - In this section we will start off the chapter with the definition and proper-
ties of indefinite integrals. We will not be computing many indefinite integrals in this section.
This section is devoted to simply defining what an indefinite integral is and to give many of
the properties of the indefinite integral. Actually computing indefinite integrals will start in the
next section.
Computing Indefinite Integrals - In this section we will compute some indefinite integrals. The
integrals in this section will tend to be those that do not require a lot of manipulation of the
function we are integrating in order to actually compute the integral. As we will see starting
in the next section many integrals do require some manipulation of the function before we
can actually do the integral. We will also take a quick look at an application of indefinite
integrals.
Substitution Rule for Indefinite Integrals - In this section we will start using one of the more
common and useful integration techniques - The Substitution Rule. With the substitution

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xiii –

 Outline

rule we will be able integrate a wider variety of functions. The integrals in this section will all
require some manipulation of the function prior to integrating unlike most of the integrals from
the previous section where all we really needed were the basic integration formulas.
More Substitution Rule - In this section we will continue to look at the substitution rule. The
problems in this section will tend to be a little more involved than those in the previous sec-
tion.
Area Problem - In this section we start off with the motivation for definite integrals and give
one of the interpretations of definite integrals. We will be approximating the amount of area
that lies between a function and the x-axis. As we will see in the next section this problem
will lead us to the definition of the definite integral and will be one of the main interpretations
of the definite integral that we’ll be looking at in this material.
Definition of the Definite Integral - In this section we will formally define the definite integral,
give many of its properties and discuss a couple of interpretations of the definite integral. We
will also look at the first part of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus which shows the very
close relationship between derivatives and integrals
Computing Definite Integrals - In this section we will take a look at the second part of the
Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. This will show us how we compute definite integrals
without using (the often very unpleasant) definition. The examples in this section can all
be done with a basic knowledge of indefinite integrals and will not require the use of the
substitution rule. Included in the examples in this section are computing definite integrals of
piecewise and absolute value functions.
Substitution Rule for Definite Integrals - In this section we will revisit the substitution rule as it
applies to definite integrals. The only real requirements to being able to do the examples in
this section are being able to do the substitution rule for indefinite integrals and understanding
how to compute definite integrals in general.
Applications of Integrals In this last chapter of this course we will be taking a look at a couple
of Applications of Integrals. There are many other applications, however many of them require
integration techniques that are typically taught in Calculus II. We will therefore be focusing on
applications that can be done only with knowledge taught in this course.
Because this chapter is focused on the applications of integrals it is assumed in all the examples
that you are capable of doing the integrals. There will not be as much detail in the integration
process in the examples in this chapter as there was in the examples in the previous chapter.
Average Function Value - In this section we will look at using definite integrals to determine
the average value of a function on an interval. We will also give the Mean Value Theorem
for Integrals.
Area Between Curves - In this section we’ll take a look at one of the main applications of
definite integrals in this chapter. We will determine the area of the region bounded by two
curves.
Volumes of Solids of Revolution / Method of Rings - In this section, the first of two sections

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xiv –

 Outline

devoted to finding the volume of a solid of revolution, we will look at the method of rings/disks
to find the volume of the object we get by rotating a region bounded by two curves (one of
which may be the x or y-axis) around a vertical or horizontal axis of rotation.
Volumes of Solids of Revolution / Method of Cylinders - In this section, the second of two
sections devoted to finding the volume of a solid of revolution, we will look at the method
of cylinders/shells to find the volume of the object we get by rotating a region bounded by
two curves (one of which may be the x or y-axis) around a vertical or horizontal axis of
rotation.
More Volume Problems - In the previous two sections we looked at solids that could be found
by treating them as a solid of revolution. Not all solids can be thought of as solids of revolution
and, in fact, not all solids of revolution can be easily dealt with using the methods from the
previous two sections. So, in this section we’ll take a look at finding the volume of some solids
that are either not solids of revolutions or are not easy to do as a solid of revolution.
Work - In this section we will look at is determining the amount of work required to move an
object subject to a force over a given distance.
Integration Techniques In this chapter we are going to be looking at various integration techniques.
There are a fair number of them and some will be easier than others. The point of the chapter
is to teach you these new techniques and so this chapter assumes that you’ve got a fairly good
working knowledge of basic integration as well as substitutions with integrals. In fact, most integrals
involving “simple” substitutions will not have any of the substitution work shown. It is going to be
assumed that you can verify the substitution portion of the integration yourself.
Also, most of the integrals done in this chapter will be indefinite integrals. It is also assumed that
once you can do the indefinite integrals you can also do the definite integrals and so to conserve
space we concentrate mostly on indefinite integrals. There is one exception to this and that is the
Trig Substitution section and in this case there are some subtleties involved with definite integrals
that we’re going to have to watch out for. Outside of that however, most sections will have at most
one definite integral example and some sections will not have any definite integral examples.
Integration by Parts - In this section we will be looking at Integration by Parts. Of all the
techniques we’ll be looking at in this class this is the technique that students are most likely
to run into down the road in other classes. We also give a derivation of the integration by
parts formula.
Integrals Involving Trig Functions - In this section we look at integrals that involve trig func-
tions. In particular we concentrate integrating products of sines and cosines as well as prod-
ucts of secants and tangents. We will also briefly look at how to modify the work for products
of these trig functions for some quotients of trig functions.
Trig Substitutions - In this section we will look at integrals (both indefinite and definite) that
require the use of a substitutions involving trig functions and how they can be used to simplify
certain integrals.
Partial Fractions - In this section we will use partial fractions to rewrite integrands into a form

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xv –

 Outline

that will allow us to do integrals involving some rational functions.

Integrals Involving Roots - In this section we will take a look at a substitution that can, on
occasion, be used with integrals involving roots.
Integrals Involving Quadratics - In this section we are going to look at some integrals that
involve quadratics for which the previous techniques won’t work right away. In some cases,
manipulation of the quadratic needs to be done before we can do the integral. We will see
several cases where this is needed in this section.
Integration Strategy - In this section we give a general set of guidelines for determining how
to evaluate an integral. The guidelines give here involve a mix of both Calculus I and Cal-
culus II techniques to be as general as possible. Also note that there really isn’t one set of
guidelines that will always work and so you always need to be flexible in following this set of
guidelines.
Improper Integrals - In this section we will look at integrals with infinite intervals of integra-
tion and integrals with discontinuous integrands in this section. Collectively, they are called
improper integrals and as we will see they may or may not have a finite (i.e. not infinite)
value. Determining if they have finite values will, in fact, be one of the major topics of this
section.
Comparison Test for Improper Integrals - It will not always be possible to evaluate improper
integrals and yet we still need to determine if they converge or diverge (i.e. if they have
a finite value or not). So, in this section we will use the Comparison Test to determine if
improper integrals converge or diverge.
Approximating Definite Integrals - In this section we will look at several fairly simple methods
of approximating the value of a definite integral. It is not possible to evaluate every definite
integral (i.e. because it is not possible to do the indefinite integral) and yet we may need to
know the value of the definite integral anyway. These methods allow us to at least get an
approximate value which may be enough in a lot of cases.
More Applications of Integrals In this section we’re going to take a look at some of the Applications
of Integrals. It should be noted as well that these applications are presented here, as opposed to
Calculus I, simply because many of the integrals that arise from these applications tend to require
techniques that we discussed in the previous chapter.
Arc Length - In this section we’ll determine the length of a curve over a given interval.
Surface Area - In this section we’ll determine the surface area of a solid of revolution, i.e.
a solid obtained by rotating a region bounded by two curves about a vertical or horizontal
axis.
Center of Mass - In this section we will determine the center of mass or centroid of a thin
plate where the plate can be described as a region bounded by two curves (one of which
may the x or y-axis).
Hydrostatic Pressure and Force - In this section we’ll determine the hydrostatic pressure

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xvi –

 Outline

and force on a vertical plate submerged in water. The plates used in the examples can all
be described as regions bounded by one or more curves/lines.
Probability - Many quantities can be described with probability density functions. For exam-
ple, the length of time a person waits in line at a checkout counter or the life span of a light
bulb. None of these quantities are fixed values and will depend on a variety of factors. In this
section we will look at probability density functions and computing the mean (think average
wait in line or average life span of a light blub) of a probability density function.
Parametric Equations and Polar Coordinates In this section we will be looking at parametric equa-
tions and polar coordinates. While the two subjects don’t appear to have that much in common
on the surface we will see that several of the topics in polar coordinates can be done in terms of
parametric equations and so in that sense they make a good match in this chapter
We will also be looking at how to do many of the standard calculus topics such as tangents and
area in terms of parametric equations and polar coordinates.
Parametric Equations and Curves - In this section we will introduce parametric equations
and parametric curves (i.e. graphs of parametric equations). We will graph several sets
of parametric equations and discuss how to eliminate the parameter to get an algebraic
equation which will often help with the graphing process.
Tangents with Parametric Equations - In this section we will discuss how to find the derivatives
dy d2 y
dx and dx2 for parametric curves. We will also discuss using these derivative formulas to
find the tangent line for parametric curves as well as determining where a parametric curve
in increasing/decreasing and concave up/concave down.
Area with Parametric Equations - In this section we will discuss how to find the area between
a parametric curve and the x-axis using only the parametric equations (rather than elimi-
nating the parameter and using standard Calculus I techniques on the resulting algebraic
equation).
Arc Length with Parametric Equations - In this section we will discuss how to find the arc
length of a parametric curve using only the parametric equations (rather than eliminating
the parameter and using standard Calculus techniques on the resulting algebraic equa-
tion).
Surface Area with Parametric Equations - In this section we will discuss how to find the
surface area of a solid obtained by rotating a parametric curve about the x or y-axis using
only the parametric equations (rather than eliminating the parameter and using standard
Calculus techniques on the resulting algebraic equation).
Polar Coordinates - In this section we will introduce polar coordinates an alternative coordi-
nate system to the ‘normal’ Cartesian/Rectangular coordinate system. We will derive formu-
las to convert between polar and Cartesian coordinate systems. We will also look at many
of the standard polar graphs as well as circles and some equations of lines in terms of polar
coordinates.
dy
Tangents with Polar Coordinates - In this section we will discuss how to find the derivative dx

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xvii –

 Outline

for polar curves. We will also discuss using this derivative formula to find the tangent line for
polar curves using only polar coordinates (rather than converting to Cartesian coordinates
and using standard Calculus techniques).
Area with Polar Coordinates - In this section we will discuss how to the area enclosed by a
polar curve. The regions we look at in this section tend (although not always) to be shaped
vaguely like a piece of pie or pizza and we are looking for the area of the region from the outer
boundary (defined by the polar equation) and the origin/pole. We will also discuss finding
the area between two polar curves.
Arc Length with Polar Coordinates - In this section we will discuss how to find the arc length
of a polar curve using only polar coordinates (rather than converting to Cartesian coordinates
and using standard Calculus techniques).
Surface Area with Polar Coordinates - In this section we will discuss how to find the surface
area of a solid obtained by rotating a polar curve about the x or y-axis using only polar
coordinates (rather than converting to Cartesian coordinates and using standard Calculus
techniques).
Arc Length and Surface Area Revisited - In this section we will summarize all the arc length
and surface area formulas we developed over the course of the last two chapters.
Series and Sequences In this chapter we’ll be taking a look at sequences and (infinite) series. In
fact, this chapter will deal almost exclusively with series. However, we also need to understand
some of the basics of sequences in order to properly deal with series. We will therefore, spend a
little time on sequences as well.
Series is one of those topics that many students don’t find all that useful. To be honest, many
students will never see series outside of their calculus class. However, series do play an important
role in the field of ordinary differential equations and without series large portions of the field of
partial differential equations would not be possible.
In other words, series is an important topic even if you won’t ever see any of the applications. Most
of the applications are beyond the scope of most Calculus courses and tend to occur in classes
that many students don’t take. So, as you go through this material keep in mind that these do have
applications even if we won’t really be covering many of them in this class.
Sequences - In this section we define just what we mean by sequence in a math class and
give the basic notation we will use with them. We will focus on the basic terminology, limits
of sequences and convergence of sequences in this section. We will also give many of the
basic facts and properties we’ll need as we work with sequences.
More on Sequences - In this section we will continue examining sequences. We will deter-
mine if a sequence in an increasing sequence or a decreasing sequence and hence if it is a
monotonic sequence. We will also determine a sequence is bounded below, bounded above
and/or bounded.
Series - The Basics - In this section we will formally define an infinite series. We will also
give many of the basic facts, properties and ways we can use to manipulate a series. We

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xviii –

 Outline

will also briefly discuss how to determine if an infinite series will converge or diverge (a more
in depth discussion of this topic will occur in the next section).
Convergence/Divergence of Series - In this section we will discuss in greater detail the con-
vergence and divergence of infinite series. We will illustrate how partial sums are used to
determine if an infinite series converges or diverges. We will also give the Divergence Test
for series in this section.
Special Series - In this section we will look at three series that either show up regularly or
have some nice properties that we wish to discuss. We will examine Geometric Series,
Telescoping Series, and Harmonic Series.
Integral Test - In this section we will discuss using the Integral Test to determine if an infi-
nite series converges or diverges. The Integral Test can be used on a infinite series pro-
vided the terms of the series are positive and decreasing. A proof of the Integral Test is also
given.
Comparison Test/Limit Comparison Test - In this section we will discuss using the Comparison
Test and Limit Comparison Tests to determine if an infinite series converges or diverges. In
order to use either test the terms of the infinite series must be positive. Proofs for both tests
are also given.
Alternating Series Test - In this section we will discuss using the Alternating Series Test to
determine if an infinite series converges or diverges. The Alternating Series Test can be used
only if the terms of the series alternate in sign. A proof of the Alternating Series Test is also
given.
Absolute Convergence - In this section we will have a brief discussion on absolute con-
vergence and conditionally convergent and how they relate to convergence of infinite se-
ries.
Ratio Test - In this section we will discuss using the Ratio Test to determine if an infinite
series converges absolutely or diverges. The Ratio Test can be used on any series, but
unfortunately will not always yield a conclusive answer as to whether a series will converge
absolutely or diverge. A proof of the Ratio Test is also given.
Root Test - In this section we will discuss using the Root Test to determine if an infinite series
converges absolutely or diverges. The Root Test can be used on any series, but unfortunately
will not always yield a conclusive answer as to whether a series will converge absolutely or
diverge. A proof of the Root Test is also given.
Strategy for Series - In this section we give a general set of guidelines for determining which
test to use in determining if an infinite series will converge or diverge. Note as well that there
really isn’t one set of guidelines that will always work and so you always need to be flexible in
following this set of guidelines. A summary of all the various tests, as well as conditions that
must be met to use them, we discussed in this chapter are also given in this section.
Estimating the Value of a Series - In this section we will discuss how the Integral Test, Com-
parison Test, Alternating Series Test and the Ratio Test can, on occasion, be used to esti-

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xix –

 Outline

mating the value of an infinite series.

Power Series - In this section we will give the definition of the power series as well as the
definition of the radius of convergence and interval of convergence for a power series. We
will also illustrate how the Ratio Test and Root Test can be used to determine the radius and
interval of convergence for a power series.
Power Series and Functions - In this section we discuss how the formula for a convergent
Geometric Series can be used to represent some functions as power series. To use the
Geometric Series formula, the function must be able to be put into a specific form, which
is often impossible. However, use of this formula does quickly illustrate how functions can
be represented as a power series. We also discuss differentiation and integration of power
series.
Taylor Series - In this section we will discuss how to find the Taylor/Maclaurin Series for a
function. This will work for a much wider variety of function than the method discussed in the
previous section at the expense of some often unpleasant work. We also derive some well
known formulas for Taylor series of ex , cos(x) and sin(x) around x = 0.
Applications of Series - In this section we will take a quick look at a couple of applications of
series. We will illustrate how we can find a series representation for indefinite integrals that
cannot be evaluated by any other method. We will also see how we can use the first few
terms of a power series to approximate a function.
Binomial Series - In this section we will give the Binomial Theorem and illustrate how it can
be used to quickly expand terms in the form (a + b)n when n is an integer. In addition, when
n is not an integer an extension to the Binomial Theorem can be used to give a power series
representation of the term.
Vectors This is a fairly short chapter. We will be taking a brief look at vectors and some of their
properties. We will need some of this material in the next chapter and those of you heading on
towards Calculus III will use a fair amount of this there as well.
Basic Concepts - In this section we will introduce some common notation for vectors as well
as some of the basic concepts about vectors such as the magnitude of a vector and unit
vectors. We also illustrate how to find a vector from its starting and end points.
Vector Arithmetic - In this section we will discuss the mathematical and geometric interpreta-
tion of the sum and difference of two vectors. We also define and give a geometric interpre-
tation for scalar multiplication. We also give some of the basic properties of vector arithmetic
and introduce the common i, j, k notation for vectors.
Dot Product - In this section we will define the dot product of two vectors. We give some
of the basic properties of dot products and define orthogonal vectors and show how to use
the dot product to determine if two vectors are orthogonal. We also discuss finding vector
projections and direction cosines in this section.
Cross Product - In this section we define the cross product of two vectors and give some of
the basic facts and properties of cross products.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xx –

 Outline

Three Dimensional Space In this chapter we will start taking a more detailed look at three dimen-
sional space (3-D space or R3 ). This is a very important topic for Calculus III since a good portion
of Calculus III is done in three (or higher) dimensional space.
We will be looking at the equations of graphs in 3-D space as well as vector valued functions and
how we do calculus with them. We will also be taking a look at a couple of new coordinate systems
for 3-D space.
This is the only chapter that exists in two places in the notes. When we originally wrote these
notes all of these topics were covered in Calculus II however, we have since moved several of
them into Calculus III. So, rather than split the chapter up we kept it in the Calculus II notes and
also put a copy in the Calculus III notes. Many of the sections not covered in Calculus III will be
used on occasion there anyway and so they serve as a quick reference for when we need them.
In addition this allows those that teach the topic in either place to have the notes quickly available
to them.
The 3-D Coordinate System - In this section we will introduce the standard three dimensional
coordinate system as well as some common notation and concepts needed to work in three
dimensions.
Equations of Lines - In this section we will derive the vector form and parametric form for the
equation of lines in three dimensional space. We will also give the symmetric equations of
lines in three dimensional space. Note as well that while these forms can also be useful for
lines in two dimensional space.
Equations of Planes - In this section we will derive the vector and scalar equation of a plane.
We also show how to write the equation of a plane from three points that lie in the plane.
Quadric Surfaces - In this section we will be looking at some examples of quadric sur-
faces. Some examples of quadric surfaces are cones, cylinders, ellipsoids, and elliptic
paraboloids.
Functions of Several Variables - In this section we will give a quick review of some important
topics about functions of several variables. In particular we will discuss finding the domain
of a function of several variables as well as level curves, level surfaces and traces.
Vector Functions - In this section we introduce the concept of vector functions concentrating
primarily on curves in three dimensional space. We will however, touch briefly on surfaces as
well. We will illustrate how to find the domain of a vector function and how to graph a vector
function. We will also show a simple relationship between vector functions and parametric
equations that will be very useful at times.
Calculus with Vector Functions - In this section here we discuss how to do basic calculus,
i.e. limits, derivatives and integrals, with vector functions.
Tangent, Normal and Binormal Vectors - In this section we will define the tangent, normal
and binormal vectors.
Arc Length with Vector Functions - In this section we will extend the arc length formula we

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xxi –

 Outline

used early in the material to include finding the arc length of a vector function. As we will see
the new formula really is just an almost natural extension of one we’ve already seen.
Curvature - In this section we give two formulas for computing the curvature (i.e. how fast the
function is changing at a given point) of a vector function.
Velocity and Acceleration - In this section we will revisit a standard application of derivatives,
the velocity and acceleration of an object whose position function is given by a vector function.
For the acceleration we give formulas for both the normal acceleration and the tangential
acceleration.
Cylindrical Coordinates - In this section we will define the cylindrical coordinate system, an
alternate coordinate system for the three dimensional coordinate system. As we will see
cylindrical coordinates are really nothing more than a very natural extension of polar coordi-
nates into a three dimensional setting.
Spherical Coordinates - In this section we will define the spherical coordinate system, yet
another alternate coordinate system for the three dimensional coordinate system. This co-
ordinates system is very useful for dealing with spherical objects. We will derive formulas
to convert between cylindrical coordinates and spherical coordinates as well as between
Cartesian and spherical coordinates (the more useful of the two).
Partial Derivatives In Calculus I and in most of Calculus II we concentrated on functions of one
variable. In Calculus III we will extend our knowledge of calculus into functions of two or more
variables. Despite the fact that this chapter is about derivatives we will start out the chapter with
a section on limits of functions of more than one variable. In the remainder of this chapter we will
be looking at differentiating functions of more than one variable. As we will see, while there are
differences with derivatives of functions of one variable, if you can do derivatives of functions of
one variable you shouldn’t have any problems differentiating functions of more than one variable.
You’ll just need to keep one subtlety in mind as we do the work.
Limits - In the section we’ll take a quick look at evaluating limits of functions of several vari-
ables. We will also see a fairly quick method that can be used, on occasion, for showing that
some limits do not exist.
Partial Derivatives - In this section we will look at the idea of partial derivatives. We will
give the formal definition of the partial derivative as well as the standard notations and how
to compute them in practice (i.e. without the use of the definition). As you will see if you
can do derivatives of functions of one variable you won’t have much of an issue with partial
derivatives. There is only one (very important) subtlety that you need to always keep in mind
while computing partial derivatives.
Interpretations of Partial Derivatives - In the section we will take a look at a couple of impor-
tant interpretations of partial derivatives. First, the always important, rate of change of the
function. Although we now have multiple ‘directions’ in which the function can change (unlike
in Calculus I). We will also see that partial derivatives give the slope of tangent lines to the
traces of the function.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xxii –

 Outline

Higher Order Partial Derivatives - In the section we will take a look at higher order partial
derivatives. Unlike Calculus I however, we will have multiple second order derivatives, mul-
tiple third order derivatives, etc. because we are now working with functions of multiple
variables. We will also discuss Clairaut’s Theorem to help with some of the work in finding
higher order derivatives.
Differentials - In this section we extend the idea of differentials we first saw in Calculus I to
functions of several variables.
Chain Rule - In the section we extend the idea of the chain rule to functions of several vari-
ables. In particular, we will see that there are multiple variants to the chain rule here all
depending on how many variables our function is dependent on and how each of those vari-
ables can, in turn, be written in terms of different variables. We will also give a nice method
for writing down the chain rule for pretty much any situation you might run into when deal-
ing with functions of multiple variables. In addition, we will derive a very quick way of doing
implicit differentiation so we no longer need to go through the process we first did back in
Calculus I.
Directional Derivatives - In the section we introduce the concept of directional derivatives.
With directional derivatives we can now ask how a function is changing if we allow all the
independent variables to change rather than holding all but one constant as we had to do
with partial derivatives. In addition, we will define the gradient vector to help with some of
the notation and work here. The gradient vector will be very useful in some later sections as
well. We will also give a nice fact that will allow us to determine the direction in which a given
function is changing the fastest.
Line Integrals In this section we are going to start looking at Calculus with vector fields (which we’ll
define in the first section). In particular we will be looking at a new type of integral, the line integral
and some of the interpretations of the line integral. We will also take a look at one of the more
important theorems involving line integrals, Green’s Theorem.
Vector Fields - In this section we introduce the concept of a vector field and give several
examples of graphing them. We also revisit the gradient that we first saw a few chapters
ago.
Line Integrals - Part I - In this section we will start off with a quick review of parameterizing
curves. This is a skill that will be required in a great many of the line integrals we evaluate
and so needs to be understood. We will then formally define the first kind of line integral we
will be looking at : line integrals with respect to arc length..
Line Integrals - Part II - In this section we will continue looking at line integrals and define the
second kind of line integral we’ll be looking at : line integrals with respect to x, y, and/or z.
We also introduce an alternate form of notation for this kind of line integral that will be useful
on occasion.
Line Integrals of Vector Fields - In this section we will define the third type of line integrals
we’ll be looking at : line integrals of vector fields. We will also see that this particular kind of
line integral is related to special cases of the line integrals with respect to x, y and z.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xxiii –

 Outline

Fundamental Theorem for Line Integrals - In this section we will give the fundamental theo-
rem of calculus for line integrals of vector fields. This will illustrate that certain kinds of line
integrals can be very quickly computed. We will also give quite a few definitions and facts
that will be useful.
Conservative Vector Fields - In this section we will take a more detailed look at conservative
vector fields than we’ve done in previous sections. We will also discuss how to find potential
functions for conservative vector fields.
Green’s Theorem - In this section we will discuss Green’s Theorem as well as an interest-
ing application of Green’s Theorem that we can use to find the area of a two dimensional
region.
Surface Integrals In the previous chapter we looked at evaluating integrals of functions or vector
fields where the points came from a curve in two- or three-dimensional space. We now want to
extend this idea and integrate functions and vector fields where the points come from a surface in
three-dimensional space. These integrals are called surface integrals.
Curl and Divergence - In this section we will introduce the concepts of the curl and the di-
vergence of a vector field. We will also give two vector forms of Green’s Theorem and show
how the curl can be used to identify if a three dimensional vector field is conservative field or
not.
Parametric Surfaces - In this section we will take a look at the basics of representing a surface
with parametric equations. We will also see how the parameterization of a surface can be
used to find a normal vector for the surface (which will be very useful in a couple of sections)
and how the parameterization can be used to find the surface area of a surface.
Surface Integrals - In this section we introduce the idea of a surface integral. With surface
integrals we will be integrating over the surface of a solid. In other words, the variables will
always be on the surface of the solid and will never come from inside the solid itself. Also,
in this section we will be working with the first kind of surface integrals we’ll be looking at in
this chapter : surface integrals of functions.
Surface Integrals of Vector Fields - In this section we will introduce the concept of an oriented
surface and look at the second kind of surface integral we’ll be looking at : surface integrals
of vector fields.
Stokes’ Theorem - In this section we will discuss Stokes’ Theorem.
Divergence Theorem - In this section we will discuss the Divergence Theorem.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – xxiv –

1 Review

Technically a student coming into a Calculus class is supposed to know both Algebra and Trigonom-
etry. Unfortunately, the reality is often much different. Most students enter a Calculus class woefully
unprepared for both the algebra and the trig that is in a Calculus class. This is very unfortunate
since good algebra skills are absolutely vital to successfully completing any Calculus course and
if your Calculus course includes trig (as this one does) good trig skills are also important in many
sections.
The above statement is not meant to denigrate your favorite Algebra or Trig instructor. It is simply
an acknowledgment of the fact that many of these courses, especially Algebra courses, are aimed
at a more general audience and so do not always put the time into topics that are vital to a Calculus
course and/or the level of difficulty is kept lower than might be best for students heading on towards
Calculus.
Far too often the biggest impediment to students being successful in a Calculus course is they
do not have sufficient skills in the underlying algebra and trig that will be in many of the calculus
problems we’ll be looking at. These students end up struggling with the algebra and trig in the
problems rather than working to understand the calculus topics which in turn negatively impacts
their grade in a Calculus course. The intent of this chapter, therefore, is to do a very cursory review
of some algebra and trig skills that are vital to a calculus course that many students just didn’t learn
as well as they should have from their Algebra and Trig courses.
This chapter does not include all the algebra and trig skills that are needed to be successful in a
Calculus course. It only includes those topics that most students are particularly deficient in. For
instance, factoring is also vital to completing a standard calculus class but is not included here as it
is assumed that if you are taking a Calculus course then you do know how to factor. Likewise, it is
assumed that if you are taking a Calculus course then you know how to solve linear and quadratic
equations so those topics are not covered here either. For a more in depth review of Algebra topics
you should check out the full set of Algebra notes at http://tutorial.math.lamar.edu.
Note that even though these topics are very important to a Calculus class we rarely cover all of them
in the actual class itself. We simply don’t have the time to do that. We will cover certain portions of
this chapter in class, but for the most part we leave it to the students to read this chapter on their
own to make sure they are ready for these topics as they arise in class.
The following sections are the assignment problems (no solutions available) for this material.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

1
Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.1 : Functions

1.1 Functions

For problems 1 - 6 the given functions perform the indicated function evaluations.

1. f (x) = 10x − 3
(a) f (−5) (b) f (0) (c) f (7)

(d) f t2 + 2


(e) f (12 − x) (f) f (x + h)

2. h (y) = 4y 2 − 7y + 1
(a) h (0) (b) h (−3) (c) h (5)

(d) h (6z) (e) h (1 − 3y) (f) h (y + k)

t+5
3. g (t) =
1−t
(a) g (0) (b) g (4) (c) g (−7)
√
(d) g x2 − 5



(e) g (t + h) (f) g 4 t + 9

√
4. f (z) = 4z + 5
(a) f (0) (b) f (−1) (c) f (−2)

(e) f 2z 2 + 8


(d) f (5 − 12y) (f) f (z + h)

√
x2 + 9
5. z (x) =
4x + 8
(a) z (4) (b) z (−4) (c) z (1)
√

(d) z (2 − 7x) (e) z 3x + 4 (f) z (x + h)

√ t
6. Y (t) = 3−t−
2t + 5
(a) Y (0) (b) Y (7) (c) Y (−4)

(e) Y t2 − 10 (f) Y 6t − t2



(d) Y (5 − t)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –2–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.1 : Functions

Difference Quotient
The difference quotient of a function f (x) is defined to be,

f (x + h) − f (x)
h

For problems 7 - 13 compute the difference quotient of the given function.

7. Q (t) = 4 − 7t

8. g (t) = 42

9. H (x) = 2x2 + 9

10. z (y) = 3 − 8y − y 2
√
11. g (z) = 4 + 3z
−4
12. y (x) =
1 − 2x
t2
13. f (t) =
t+7

For problems 14 - 21 determine all the roots of the given function.

14. y (t) = 40 + 3t − t2

15. f (x) = 6x4 − 5x3 − 4x2

16. Z (p) = 6 − 11p − p2

17. h (y) = 4y 6 + 10y 5 + y 4

18. g (z) = z 7 + 6z 4 − 16z

1 1
19. f (t) = t 2 − 8t 4 + 15
w 3w
20. h (w) = +
4w + 5 w − 8
w w+2
21. g (w) = −
w + 3 4w − 1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –3–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.1 : Functions

For problems 22 - 30 find the domain and range of the given function.

22. f (x) = x2 − 8x + 3

23. z (w) = 4 − 7w − w2

24. g (t) = 3t2 + 2t − 3

√
25. g (x) = 5 − 2x
√
26. B (z) = 10 + 9 + 7z 2
√
27. h (y) = 1 + 6 − 7y
√
28. f (x) = 12 − 5 2x + 9

29. V (t) = −6 |5 − t|
 
30. y (x) = 12 + 9 x2 − 1

For problems 31 - 51 find the domain of the given function.

4 − 12t + 8t2
31. f (t) =
16t + 9
y 3 − 27
32. v (y) =
4 − 17y
3x + 1
33. g (x) =
5x2 − 3x − 2
t3 − t2 + 1 − 1
34. h (t) =
35t3 + 2t4 − t5
z2 + z
35. f (z) =
z 3 − 9z 2 + 2z
3 − p4
36. V (p) =
4p2 + 10p + 2
√
37. g (z) = z 2 − 15
√
38. f (t) = 36 − 9t2
√
39. A (x) = 15x − 2x2 − x3
p
40. Q (y) = 4y 3 − 4y 2 + y

t2 + 7
41. P (t) = √
6t − t2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –4–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.1 : Functions

t2
42. h (t) = √
5 + 3t − t2
6
43. h (x) = √
x2 − 7x + 3
z+1
44. f (z) = √
z4
− 6z 3 + 9z 2
√ √
45. S (t) = 8 − t + 2t
√ √
46. g (x) = 5x − 8 − 2 x + 9
y
p
47. h (y) = 49 − y 2 − √4y−12

x+1 p
48. A (x) = + 4 x2 + 10x + 9
x−4
8 3
49. f (t) = +√
t2 − 3t − 4 12 − 7t − 3t2
3 p
5
50. R (x) = + x2 − x − 6
x4
+x 2

√
51. C (z) = z 3 − 4 z 6 + z 2

For problems 52 - 55 compute (f ◦ g) (x) and (g ◦ f ) (x) for each given pair of functions.

52. f (x) = 5 + 2x, g (x) = 8 − 23x

√
53. f (x) = 2 − x, g (x) = 2x2 − 9

54. f (x) = 2x2 + x − 4, g (x) = 7x − x2

x
55. f (x) = , g (x) = 8 + 5x
3 + 2x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –5–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.2 : Inverse Functions

1.2 Inverse Functions

For each of the following functions find the inverse of the function. Verify your inverse by computing
one or both of the composition as discussed in this section.

1. f (x) = 11x − 8

2. g (x) = 4 − 10x

3. Z (x) = 2x7 − 9

4. h (x) = 7 + (2x + 1)3

√
7
5. W (x) = 15x + 2
√
3
6. h (x) = 6 − 18x
2x + 14
7. R (x) =
6x + 1
1−x
8. g (x) =
9 − 12x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –6–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.3 : Trig Functions

1.3 Trig Functions

Determine the exact value of each of the following without using a calculator.
Note that the point of these problems is not really to learn how to find the value of trig functions
but instead to get you comfortable with the unit circle since that is a very important skill that will be
needed in solving trig equations.
 
3π
1. tan
4
 
7π
2. sin
6
 
3π
3. sin −
4
 
4π
4. cos
3
 
5π
5. cot
4
 
5π
6. sin −
6
 π
7. sec −
6
 
5π
8. cos
4
 
11π
9. cos
6
 
11π
10. csc
6
 
4π
11. cot −
3
 π
12. cos −
4
 
2π
13. csc
3
 
17π
14. sec
6

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –7–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.3 : Trig Functions

 
23π
15. sin −
3
 
31π
16. tan
6
 
15π
17. cos −
4
 
23π
18. sec −
4
 
11π
19. cot
4

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –8–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.4 : Solving Trig Equations

1.4 Solving Trig Equations

Without using a calculator find the solution(s) to the following equations. If an interval is given
find only those solutions that are in the interval. If no interval is given find all solutions to the
equation.

1. 10 cos (8t) = −5
h π πi
2. 10 cos (8t) = −5 in − ,
4 4
z  √
3. 2 sin = 3
4
z  √
4. 2 sin = 3 in [0, 16π]
4
√
 
2t
5. 2 sin + 2 = 0 in [0, 5π]
3
√ √
 
5π
6. 6 = − 8 cos (3x) in 0,
3

7. 10 + 7 tan (4x) = 3 in [−π, 0]

y  √
8. 0 = 2 cos − 2 in [−4π, 5π]
2
9. 3 cos (5z) − 1 = 7 in [−π, π]
√ hπ i
10. 7 3 + 7 cot (2w) = 0 in , 2π
3
x √
11. 2 csc + 8 = 0 in [0, 2π]
3
 
3π π
12. 3 − 4 sin (4t) = 5 in − , −
2 2
y 
13. 3 sec + 9 = 15 in [−3π, 20π]
5
√
 
3π
14. 12 cos (2z) − 2 sin (2z) = 0 in , 2π
2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems –9–

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.5 : Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part I

1.5 Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part I

Find the solution(s) to the following equations. If an interval is given find only those solutions that
are in the interval. If no interval is given find all solutions to the equation.
 
t
1. 2 − 14 sin =5
3

2. 4 cos (4x) + 8 = 10 − cos (4x)

3. 2 tan (3w) + 3 = 25
 
3x 7 1
4. 2 sin − = in [0, 15]
5 5 5
w
5. 1 = 3 + 8 cos in [−20, 5]
2
x x
6. 45 sin − 9 = 7 sin + 17 in [−10, 20]
2 2
2
7. = 4 − 3 sec (11x) in [0, 1]
3
8. 3 sin (4v) + 18 cos (4v) = 0 in [2, 5]
     
2t 2t
9. 2 cos + 3 = 7 cos + 6 in [−10, 30]
7 7
1  y  10 3
10. csc − = in [0, 32]
2 3 7 14
 
t
11. 31 = 1 + 40 cos in [−50, 60]
8

12. 15 csc (15x) + 14 = 20 − 12 csc (15x) in [1, 2]

1 1
13. cos (6t) + 3 = 1 + cos (6t) in [0, 5]
2 3
  z 
14. 4 1 − 2 sec = 12 in [0, 15]
5
   
2x 2x
15. 11 − 7 sin = 23 − 19 sin in [−60, 60]
13 13

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 10 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.6 : Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part II

1.6 Solving Trig Equations with Calculators, Part II

Find all the solution(s) to the following equations. These will require the use of a calculator so use
at least 4 decimal places in your work.

1. 22 cos (8 − x) + 10 = 0

2. 10 tan (4x + 10) − 7 = 31

w w
3. 4 tan sin (2w) − tan =0
3 3
4. 3 tan (4z) sec (2z − 1) + sec (2z − 1) = 0

5. 2 − sin (2y) = 3sin2 (2y)

6. 4 cos2 (2t + 5) − 4 cos (2t + 5) = −1

2 x
  x
7. 6 − 5sin = 7 sin
4 4
8. 2 = 2 tan2 (8t) + 3 tan (8t)

9. 35 csc (4z) = z 3 csc (4z)

10. 3t = 8t cos (5 + t)
 
x−6
11. (5x + 1) sin + 25x + 5 = 0
2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 11 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.7 : Exponential Functions

1.7 Exponential Functions

Sketch the graphs of each of the following functions.

t
1. g (t) = 73 − 2

2. f (x) = 3 − 54x+1

3. h (x) = 6e2x−1 − 3
3t
4. f (t) = 7 + 9e2 − 5

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 12 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.8 : Logarithm Functions

1.8 Logarithm Functions

Without using a calculator determine the exact value of each of the following.

1. log7 343

2. log4 1024
27
3. log 3
8 512
1
4. log11
121
5. log0.1 0.0001

6. log16 4

7. log 10000
1
8. ln √
5
e

Write each of the following in terms of simpler logarithms

9. log7 10a7 b3 c−8

h
3 i
10. log z 2 x2 + 4
√
4
!
w2 t3
11. ln √
t+w

Combine each of the following into a single logarithm with a coefficient of one.

12. 7 ln t − 6 ln s + 5 ln w
1
13. log (z + 1) − 2 log x − 4 log y − 3 log z
2
1
14. 2log3 (x + y) + 6log3 x −
3

Use the change of base formula and a calculator to find the value of each of the following.

15. log7 100

1
16. log 5
7 8

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 13 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.9 : Exponential And Logarithm Equations

1.9 Exponential And Logarithm Equations

For problems 1 - 17 find all the solutions to the given equation. If there is no solution to the equation
clearly explain why.

1. 15 = 12 + 5e10 w−7
2
2. 4e2 x+x − 7 = 2

3. 8 + 3e4−9 z = 1

4. 4t2 − 3t2 e2−t = 0

3 −5x
5. 7x + 16xex =0

6. 3e7 t − 12e8 t+5 = 0

2
7. 2yey − 7ye1−5 y = 0

8. 16 + 4 ln (x + 2) = 7
 
z
9. 3 − 11 ln =1
3−z

10. 2 log (w) − log (3w + 7) = 1

11. ln (3x + 1) − ln (x) = −2

12. t log (6t + 1) − 3t2 log (6t + 1) = 0

13. 2 log (z) − log z 2 + 4z + 1 = 0

14. ln (x) + ln (x − 2) = 3

15. 11 − 59w−1 = 3

16. 12 + 207−2t = 50
2 −2
17. 1 + 3z =5

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 14 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.9 : Exponential And Logarithm Equations

Compound Interest.
If we put P dollars into an account that earns interest at a rate of r (written as a decimal as
opposed to the standard percent) for t years then,
1. if interest is compounded m times per year we will have,
 r t m
A=P 1+
m
dollars after t years.
2. if interest is compounded continuously we will have,

A = P er t

dollars after t years.

18. We have $2,500 to invest and 80 months. How much money will we have if we put the money
into an account that has an annual interest rate of 9% and interest is compounded
(a) quarterly (b) monthly (c) continuously

19. We are starting with $60,000 and we’re going to put it into an account that earns an annual
interest rate of 7.5%. How long will it take for the money in the account to reach $100,000 if
the interest is compounded
(a) quarterly (b) monthly (c) continuously

20. Suppose that we put some money in an account that has an annual interest rate of 10.25%.
How long will it take to triple our money if the interest is compounded
(a) quarterly (b) monthly (c) continuously

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 15 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.9 : Exponential And Logarithm Equations

Exponential Growth/Decay.
Many quantities in the world can be modeled (at least for a short time) by the exponential
growth/decay equation.
Q = Q0 ek t

If k is positive we will get exponential growth and if k is negative we will get exponential
decay.

21. A population of bacteria initially has 90,000 present and in 2 weeks there will be 200,000
bacteria present.
(a) Determine the exponential growth equation for this population.

(b) How long will it take for the population to grow from its initial population of 90,000 to a
population of 150,000?

22. We initially have 2 kg grams of some radioactive element and in 7250 years there will be 1.5
kg left.
(a) Determine the exponential decay equation for this element.

(b) How long will it take for half of the element to decay?

(c) How long will it take until there is 250 grams of the element left?

23. For a particular radioactive element the value of k in the exponential decay equation is given
by k = 0.000825.
(a) How long will it take for a quarter of the element to decay?

(b) How long will it take for half of the element to decay?

(c) How long will it take 90

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 16 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.10 : Common Graphs

1.10 Common Graphs

Without using a graphing calculator sketch the graph of each of the following.

1. y = −2x + 7

2. f (x) = |x + 4|
√
3. g (x) = x−5
π


4. g (x) = tan x + 3

5. f (x) = sec (x) + 2

6. h (x) = |x + 2| − 4

7. Q (x) = e−x−3 + 6
√
8. V (x) = x−6+3
π


9. g (x) = sin x + 6 −1

10. h (x) = (x + 6)2 − 8

11. W (y) = (y + 5)2 + 3

12. f (y) = (y − 9)2 − 2

13. f (x) = (x − 1)2 + 6

14. R (x) = − ln (x)

15. g (x) = ln (−x)

16. h (x) = x2 + 8x − 1

17. Y (x) = −3x2 − 6x + 5

18. f (y) = −y 2 − 4y − 2

19. h (y) = 2y 2 + 2y − 3

20. x2 − 6x + y 2 + 8y + 24 = 0

21. x2 + y 2 + 10y = −9

(x + 4)2 (y + 2)2
22. + =1
25 25
23. x2 − 2x + 4y 2 − 16y + 16 = 0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 17 –

Chapter 1 : Review Section 1.10 : Common Graphs

(x + 6)2
24. + 16(y − 5)2 = 1
4

(y − 1)2 (x − 3)2
25. − =1
25 4

26. (x − 4)2 − 9(y + 7)2 = 1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 18 –

2 Limits

The topic that we will be examining in this chapter is that of Limits. This is the first of three major
topics that we will be covering in this course. While we will be spending the least amount of time
on limits in comparison to the other two topics limits are very important in the study of Calculus.
We will be seeing limits in a variety of places once we move out of this chapter. In particular we
will see that limits are part of the formal definition of the other two major topics.
In this chapter we will discuss just what a limit tells us about a function as well as how they can be
used to get the rate of change of a function as well as the slope of the line tangent to the graph of
a function (although we’ll be seeing other, easier, ways of doing these later). We will investigate
limit properties as well as how a variety of techniques to employ when attempting to compute a
limit. We will also look at limits whose “value” is infinity and how to compute limits at infinity.
In addition, we’ll introduce the concept of continuity and how continuity is used in the Intermediate
Value Theorem. The Intermediate Value Theorem is an important idea that has a variety of “real
world” applications including showing that a function has a root (i.e. is equal to zero) in some
interval.
Finally, we’ll close out the chapter with the formal/precise definition of the Limit, sometimes called
the delta-epsilon definition.
The following sections are the assignment problems (no solutions available) for this material.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

19
Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.1 : Tangent Lines And Rates Of Change

2.1 Tangent Lines And Rates Of Change

1. For the function f (x) = x3 − 3x2 and the point P given by x = 3 answer each of the following
questions.
(a) For the points Q given by the following values of x compute (accurate to at least 8
decimal places) the slope, mP Q , of the secant line through points P and Q.
(i) 3.5 (ii) 3.1 (iii) 3.01 (iv) 3.001 (v) 3.0001

(vi) 2.5 (vii) 2.9 (viii) 2.99 (ix) 2.999 (x) 2.9999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the slope of the tangent line to f (x) at x = 3
and write down the equation of the tangent line.
x
2. For the function g (x) = and the point P given by x = 0 answer each of the following
x2 +4
questions.
(a) For the points Q given by the following values of x compute (accurate to at least 8
decimal places) the slope, mP Q , of the secant line through points P and Q.
(i) 1 (ii) 0.5 (iii) 0.1 (iv) 0.01 (v) 0.001

(vi) −1 (vii) −0.5 (viii) −0.1 (ix) −0.01 (x) −0.001

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the slope of the tangent line to g (x) at x = 0
and write down the equation of the tangent line.

3. For the function h (x) = 2 − (x + 2)2 and the point P given by x = −2 answer each of the
following questions.
(a) For the points Q given by the following values of x compute (accurate to at least 8
decimal places) the slope, mP Q , of the secant line through points P and Q.
(i) −2.5 (ii) −2.1 (iii) −2.01 (iv) −2.001 (v) −2.001

(vi) −1.5 (vii) −1.9 (viii) −1.99 (ix) −1.999 (x) −1.9999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the slope of the tangent line to h (x) at x = −2
and write down the equation of the tangent line.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 20 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.1 : Tangent Lines And Rates Of Change

2
4. For the function P (x) = e2−8x and the point P given by x = 0.5 answer each of the following
questions.
(a) For the points Q given by the following values of x compute (accurate to at least 8
decimal places) the slope, mP Q , of the secant line through points P and Q.
(i) 1 (ii) 0.51 (iii) 0.501 (iv) 0.5001 (v) 0.50001

(vi) 0 (vii) 0.49 (viii) 0.499 (ix) 0.4999 (x) 0.49999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the slope of the tangent line to h (x) at x = 0.5
and write down the equation of the tangent line.
11t + 4
5. The amount of grain in a bin is given by V (t) = answer each of the following ques-
t+4
tions.
(a) Compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal places) the average rate of change of the
amount of grain in the bin between t = 6 and the following values of t.
(i) 6.5 (ii) 6.1 (iii) 6.01 (iv) 6.001 (v) 6.0001

(vi) 5.5 (vii) 5.9 (viii) 5.99 (ix) 5.999 (x) 5.9999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the instantaneous rate of change of the volume
of grain in the bin at t = 6.
 
1 πt
6. The population (in thousands) of insects is given by P (t) = 2 − cos (3πt) sin answer
π 2
each of the following questions.
(a) Compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal places) the average rate of change of the pop-
ulation of insects between t = 4 and the following values of t. Make sure your calculator
is set to radians for the computations.
(i) 4.5 (ii) 4.1 (iii) 4.01 (iv) 4.001 (v) 4.0001

(vi) 3.5 (vii) 3.9 (viii) 3.99 (ix) 3.999 (x) 3.9999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the instantaneous rate of change of the popu-
lation of the insects at t = 4.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 21 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.1 : Tangent Lines And Rates Of Change

7. The amount of water in a holding tank is given by V (t) = 8t4 − t2 + 7 answer each of the
following questions.
(a) Compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal places) the average rate of change of the
amount of grain in the bin between t = 0.25 and the following values of t.
(i) 1 (ii) 0.5 (iii) 0.251 (iv) 0.2501 (v) 0.25001

(vi) 0 (vii) 0.1 (viii) 0.249 (ix) 0.2499 (x) 0.24999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the instantaneous rate of change of the volume
of water in the tank at t = 0.25.
72
8. The position of an object is given by s (t) = x2 + answer each of the following questions.
x+1
(a) Compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal places) the average velocity of the object be-
tween t = 5 and the following values of t.
(i) 5.5 (ii) 5.1 (iii) 5.01 (iv) 5.001 (v) 5.0001

(vi) 4.5 (vii) 4.9 (viii) 4.99 (ix) 4.999 (x) 4.9999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the instantaneous velocity of the object at
t = 5 and determine if the object is moving to the right (i.e. the instantaneous velocity
is positive), moving to the left (i.e. the instantaneous velocity is negative), or not moving
(i.e. the instantaneous velocity is zero).

9. The position of an object is given by s (t) = 2 cos (4t − 8) − 7 sin (t − 2) . Note that a negative
position here simply means that the position is to the left of the “zero position” and is perfectly
acceptable. Answer each of the following questions.
(a) Compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal places) the average velocity of the object be-
tween t = 2 and the following values of t. Make sure your calculator is set to radians for
the computations.
(i) 2.5 (ii) 2.1 (iii) 2.01 (iv) 2.001 (v) 2.0001

(vi) 1.5 (vii) 1.9 (viii) 1.99 (ix) 1.999 (x) 1.9999

(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the instantaneous velocity of the object at
t = 2 and determine if the object is moving to the right (i.e. the instantaneous velocity
is positive), moving to the left (i.e. the instantaneous velocity is negative), or not moving
(i.e. the instantaneous velocity is zero).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 22 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.1 : Tangent Lines And Rates Of Change

10. The position of an object is given by s (t) = t2 − 10t + 11 . Note that a negative position here
simply means that the position is to the left of the “zero position” and is perfectly acceptable.
Answer each of the following questions.
(a) Determine the time(s) in which the position of the object is at s = −5.

(b) Estimate the instantaneous velocity of the object at each of the time(s) found in part (a)
using the method discussed in this section.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 23 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.2 : The Limit

2.2 The Limit

x2 + 6x + 9
1. For the function g (x) = answer each of the following questions.
x2 + 3x
(a) Evaluate the function the following values of x compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal
places).
(i) −2.5 (ii) −2.9 (iii) −2.99 (iv) −2.999 (v) −2.9999

(vi) −3.5 (vii) −3.1 (viii) −3.01 (ix) −3.001 (x) −3.0001

x2 + 6x + 9
(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the value of lim .
x→ −3 x2 + 3x

10z − 9 − z 2
2. For the function f (z) = answer each of the following questions.
z2 − 1
(a) Evaluate the function the following values of t compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal
places).
(i) 1.5 (ii) 1.1 (iii) 1.01 (iv) 1.001 (v) 1.0001

(vi) 0.5 (vii) 0.9 (viii) 0.99 (ix) 0.999 (x) 0.9999

10z − 9 − z 2
(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the value of lim .
z→ 1 z2 − 1
√
2− 4 + 2t
3. For the function h (t) = answer each of the following questions.
t
(a) Evaluate the function the following values of t compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal
places). Make sure your calculator is set to radians for the computations.
(i) 0.5 (ii) 0.1 (iii) 0.01 (iv) 0.001 (v) 0.0001

(vi) −0.5 (vii) −0.1 (viii) −0.01 (ix) −0.001 (x) −0.0001

√
2− 4 + 2t
(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the value of lim .
t→ 0 t

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 24 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.2 : The Limit

cos (θ − 4) − 1
4. For the function g (θ) = answer each of the following questions.
2θ − 8
(a) Evaluate the function the following values of θ compute (accurate to at least 8 decimal
places). Make sure your calculator is set to radians for the computations.
(i) 4.5 (ii) 4.1 (iii) 4.01 (iv) 4.001 (v) 4.0001

(vi) 3.5 (vii) 3.9 (viii) 3.99 (ix) 3.999 (x) 3.9999

cos (θ − 4) − 1
(b) Use the information from (a) to estimate the value of lim .
θ→ 4 2θ − 8
5. Below is the graph of f (x). For each of the given points determine the value of f (a) and
lim f (x). If any of the quantities do not exist clearly explain why.
x→a

(a) a = −2 (b) a = −1 (c) a = 2 (d) a = 3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 25 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.2 : The Limit

6. Below is the graph of f (x). For each of the given points determine the value of f (a) and
lim f (x). If any of the quantities do not exist clearly explain why.
x→a

(a) a = −3 (b) a = −1 (c) a = 1 (d) a = 3

7. Below is the graph of f (x). For each of the given points determine the value of f (a) and
lim f (x). If any of the quantities do not exist clearly explain why.
x→a

(a) a = −4 (b) a = −2 (c) a = 1 (d) a = 4

8. Explain in your own words what the following equation means.

lim f (x) = 6
x→12

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 26 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.2 : The Limit

9. Suppose we know that lim f (x) = 18. If possible, determine the value of f (−7). If it is not
x→ −7
possible to determine the value explain why not.

10. Is it possible to have lim f (x) = −23 and f (1) = 107? Explain your answer.
x→1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 27 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.3 : One-Sided Limits

2.3 One-Sided Limits

1. Below is the graph of f (x). For each of the given points determine the value of f (a),
lim f (x), lim f (x), and lim f (x). If any of the quantities do not exist clearly explain
x→a − x→a + x→a
why.
(a) a = −5 (b) a = −2 (c) a = 1 (d) a = 4

2. Below is the graph of f (x). For each of the given points determine the value of f (a),
lim f (x), lim f (x), and lim f (x). If any of the quantities do not exist clearly explain
x→a − x→a + x→a
why.
(a) a = −1 (b) a = 1 (c) a = 3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 28 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.3 : One-Sided Limits

3. Below is the graph of f (x). For each of the given points determine the value of f (a),
lim f (x), lim f (x), and lim f (x). If any of the quantities do not exist clearly explain
x→a − x→a + x→a
why.
(a) a = −3 (b) a = −1 (c) a = 1 (d) a = 2

4. Sketch a graph of a function that satisfies each of the following conditions.

lim f (x) = −2 lim f (x) = 3 f (1) = 6

x→1 − x→1 +

5. Sketch a graph of a function that satisfies each of the following conditions.

lim f (x) = 1 lim f (x) = 1 f (−3) = 4

x→ −3 − x→ −3 +

6. Sketch a graph of a function that satisfies each of the following conditions.

lim f (x) = −1 lim f (x) = 7 f (−5) = 4

x→ −5 − x→ −5 +

lim f (x) = 6 f (4) does not exist

x→4

7. Explain in your own words what each of the following equations mean.

lim f (x) = 3 lim f (x) = −1

x→8 − x→8 +

8. Suppose we know that lim f (x) = 18. If possible, determine the value of lim f (x) and
x→ −7 x→ −7 −
the value of lim f (x). If it is not possible to determine one or both of these values explain
x→ −7 +
why not.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 29 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.3 : One-Sided Limits

9. Suppose we know that f (6) = −53. If possible, determine the value of lim f (x) and the
x→ 6 −
value of lim f (x). If it is not possible to determine one or both of these values explain why
x→ 6 +
not.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 30 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.4 : Limit Properties

2.4 Limit Properties

1. Given lim f (x) = 5, lim g (x) = −1 and lim h (x) = −3 use the limit properties given in this
x→0 x→0 x→0
section to compute each of the following limits. If it is not possible to compute any of the
limits clearly explain why not.
(a) lim [11 + 7f (x)]
x→0

(b) lim [6 − 4g (x) − 10h (x)]

x→0

(c) lim [4g (x) − 12f (x) + 3h (x)]

x→0

(d) lim [g (x) (1 + 2f (x))]

x→0

2. Given lim f (x) = 2, lim g (x) = 6 and lim h (x) = 9 use the limit properties given in this
x→12 x→12 x→12
section to compute each of the following limits. If it is not possible to compute any of the
limits clearly explain why not.
 
1 + g (x)
(a) lim h (x) f (x) +
x→12 g (x)

(b) lim [(3 − f (x)) (1 + 2g (x))]

x→12

f (x) + 1
(c) lim
x→12 3g (x) − 2h (x)

f (x) − 2g (x)
(d) lim
x→12 7 + h (x) f (x)

3. Given lim f (x) = 0, lim g (x) = 9 and lim h (x) = −7 use the limit properties given in
x→ −1 x→ −1 x→ −1
this section to compute each of the following limits. If it is not possible to compute any of the
limits clearly explain why not.
h i
(a) lim (g (x))2 − (h (x))3
x→ −1

p
(b) lim 3 + 6f (x) − h (x)
x→ −1

p
(c) lim f (x) − g (x) h (x)
x→ −1

s
4 2 + g (x)
(d) lim
x→ −1 1 − 10h (x)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 31 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.4 : Limit Properties

For each of the following limits use the limit properties given in this section to compute the limit. At
each step clearly indicate the property being used. If it is not possible to compute any of the limits
clearly explain why not.

4. lim 3x2 − 9x + 2


x→4

2 
5. lim w − w2 + 3
w→ −1

6. lim t4 − 4t2 + 12t − 8

t→0

10 + z 2
7. lim
z→2 3 − 4z

8x
8. lim
x→ 7 x2 − 14x + 49
y 3 − 20y + 4
9. lim
y→ −3 y 2 + 8y − 1
√
10. lim 3 8 + 7w
w→ −6
√
11. lim 4t2 −


8t + 1
t→1
√
4
√

12. lim 3x − 8 + 9 + 2x
x→8

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 32 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.5 : Computing Limits

2.5 Computing Limits

For problems 1 - 20 evaluate the limit, if it exists.

1 − 4x3


1. lim
x→ −9

2. lim 6y 4 − 7y 3 + 12y + 25


y→1

t2 + 6
3. lim
t→0 t2 − 3

6z
4. lim
z→4 2 + 3z 2
w+2
5. lim
w→ −2 w2 − 6w − 16

t2 + 6t + 5
6. lim
t→−5 t2 + 2t − 15

5x2 − 16x + 3
7. lim
x→3 9 − x2
10 − 9z − z 2
8. lim
z→1 3z 2 + 4z − 7

x3 + 8
9. lim
x→ −2 x2 + 8x + 12

t (t − 5) − 24
10. lim
t→8 t2 − 8t
w2 − 16
11. lim
w→ −4 (w − 2) (w + 3) − 6

(2 + h)3 − 8
12. lim
h→0 h

(1 + h)4 − 1
13. lim
h→0 h
√
5− t
14. lim
t→25 t − 25

x−2
15. lim √ √
x→ 2 2− x
z−6
16. lim √
z→6 3z − 2 − 4

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 33 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.5 : Computing Limits

√
3 − 1 − 4z
17. lim
z→ −2 2z + 4
3−t
18. lim √ √
t→3 t + 1 − 5t − 11
1
7− x1
19. lim
x→7 x−7
1 1
4+3y + y
20. lim
y→ −1 y+1

21. Given the function

(
15 x < −4
f (x) =
6 − 2x x ≥ −4

Evaluate the following limits, if they exist.

(a) lim f (x) (b) lim f (x)
x→ −7 x→−4

22. Given the function

(
t2 − t3 t<2
g (t) =
5t − 14 t≥2

Evaluate the following limits, if they exist.

(a) lim g (t) (b) lim g (t)
t→−3 t→2

23. Given the function (

2w2 w≤6
h (w) =
w−8 w>6

Evaluate the following limits, if they exist.

(a) lim h (w) (b) lim h (w)
w→6 w→2

24. Given the function 

 5x + 24
 x < −3
g (x) = 2
x −3 ≤ x < 4

 1 − 2x x≥4

Evaluate the following limits, if they exist.

(a) lim g (x) (b) lim g (x) (c) lim g (x) (d) lim g (x)
x→ −3 x→ 0 x→ 4 x→ 12

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 34 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.5 : Computing Limits

For problems 25 - 30 evaluate the limit, if it exists.

25. lim (|t + 10| + 3)

z→ −10

26. lim (9 + |8 − 2x|)

x→4

|h|
27. lim
h→0 h

2−t
28. lim
t→2 |t − 2|

|2w + 10|
29. lim
w→ −5 w + 5

|x − 4|
30. lim
x→4 x2 − 16

31. Given that 3 + 2x ≤ f (x) ≤ x − 1 for all x determine the value of lim f (x).
x→−4
√ x−1
32. Given that x + 7 ≤ f (x) ≤ 2 for all x determine the value of lim f (x).
x→9
 
4 3
33. Use the Squeeze Theorem to determine the value of lim x cos .
x→0 x
 
1
34. Use the Squeeze Theorem to determine the value of lim x cos .
x→0 x
 
2 1
35. Use the Squeeze Theorem to determine the value of lim (x − 1) cos .
x→1 x−1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 35 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.6 : Infinite Limits

2.6 Infinite Limits

For problems 1 - 8 evaluate the indicated limits, if they exist.

−4
1. For g (x) = evaluate,
(x − 1)2
(a) lim g (x) (b) lim g (x) (c) lim g (x)
x→1 − x→1 + x→1

17
2. For h (z) = evaluate,
(4 − z)3
(a) lim h (z) (b) lim h (z) (c) lim h (z)
z→ 4 − z→ 4 + z→ 4

4t2
3. For g (t) = evaluate,
(t + 3)7
(a) lim g (t) (b) lim g (t) (c) lim g (t)
t→ −3 − t→ −3 + t→ −3

1+x
4. For f (x) = evaluate,
x3 + 8
(a) lim f (x) (b) lim f (x) (c) lim f (x)
x→ −2 − x→ −2 + x→ −2

x−1
5. For f (x) = evaluate,
(x2 − 9)4
(a) lim f (x) (b) lim f (x) (c) lim f (x)
x→ 3 − x→ 3 + x→ 3

6. For W (t) = ln (t + 8) evaluate,

(a) lim W (t) (b) lim W (t) (c) lim W (t)
t→ −8 − t→ −8 + t→ −8

7. For h (z) = ln |z| evaluate,

(a) lim h (z) (b) lim h (z) (c) lim h (z)
z→0 − z→0 + z→0

8. For R (y) = cot (y) evaluate,

(a) lim R (y) (b) lim R (y) (c) lim R (y)
y→ π − y→ π + y→ π

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 36 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.6 : Infinite Limits

For problems 9 - 12 find all the vertical asymptotes of the given function.

−6
9. h (x) =
9−x
x+8
10. f (x) =
x2 (5− 2x)3
5t
11. g (t) =
t (t + 7) (t − 12)

z2 + 1
12. g (z) =
(z 2 − 1)5 (z + 15)6

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 37 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.7 : Limits at Infinity, Part I

2.7 Limits at Infinity, Part I

1. For f (x) = 8x + 9x3 − 11x5 evaluate each of the following limits.

(a) lim f (x) (b) lim f (x)
x→ −∞ x→ ∞

2. For h (t) = 10t2 + t4 + 6t − 2 evaluate each of the following limits.

(a) lim f (x) (b) lim f (x)
x→ −∞ x→ ∞

√
3
3. For g (z) = 7 + 8z + z 4 evaluate each of the following limits.
(a) lim f (x) (b) lim f (x)
x→ −∞ x→ ∞

For problems 4 - 17 answer each of the following questions.

(a) Evaluate lim f (x)
x→ −∞

(b) Evaluate lim f (x)

x→ ∞

(c) Write down the equation(s) of any horizontal asymptotes for the function.

10x3 − 6x
4. f (x) =
7x3 + 9
12 + x
5. f (x) =
3x2 − 8x + 23
5x8 − 9
6. f (x) =
x3 + 10x5 − 3x8
2 − 6x − 9x2
7. f (x) =
15x2 + x − 4
5x + 7x4
8. f (x) =
4 − x2
4x3 − 3x2 + 2x − 1
9. f (x) =
10 − 5x + x3
5 − x8
10. f (x) =
2x3 − 7x + 1
√3
1 + 4 x2
11. f (x) =
9 + 10x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 38 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.7 : Limits at Infinity, Part I

25x + 7
12. f (x) = √
5x2 + 2
√
8 + 11x2
13. f (x) =
−9 − x
√
9x4 + 2x2 + 3
14. f (x) =
5x − 2x2
6 + x3
15. f (x) = √
8 + 4x6
√
3
2 − 8x3
16. f (x) =
4 + 7x
1+x
17. f (x) = √
4
5 + 2x4

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 39 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.8 : Limits at Infinity, Part II

2.8 Limits at Infinity, Part II

For problems 1 - 11 evaluate (a) lim f (x) and (b) lim f (x).
x→ −∞ x→ ∞

4 +8x
1. f (x) = ex
2 +2x5
2. f (x) = e2x+4x
3−x3
3. f (x) = e x+x2
5−9x
4. f (x) = e 7+3x
5+2x6
5. f (x) = e x−8x4

6. f (x) = ex + 12e−3x − 2e−10x

7. f (x) = 9e2x − 7e−14x − ex

8. f (x) = 20e−8x − e5x + 3e2x − e−7x

6e4x + e−15x
9. f (x) =
11e4x + 6e−15x
e3x + 9e−x − 4e10x
10. f (x) =
2e7x − e−x
3e−14x − e18x
11. f (x) =
e−x − 2e20x − e−9x

For problems 12 - 20 evaluate the given limit.

12. lim ln 5x2 + 12x − 6

x→ ∞

lim ln 5 − 7y 5


13.
y→ −∞
 
3+x
14. lim ln
x→ ∞ 1 + 5x3

2t − 5t3
 
15. lim ln
t→ −∞ 4 + 3t2

10z + 8z 2
 
16. lim ln
z→ ∞ z2 − 1

lim tan−1 7 + 4x − x3


17.
x→−∞

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 40 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.8 : Limits at Infinity, Part II

18. lim tan−1 4w2 − w6

w→∞

4t3 + t2
 
−1
19. lim tan
t→ ∞ 1 + 3t
 4 
−1 z +4
20. lim tan
z→ − ∞ 3z 2 + 5z 3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 41 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.9 : Continuity

2.9 Continuity

1. The graph of f (x) is given below. Based on this graph determine where the function is
discontinuous.

2. The graph of f (x) is given below. Based on this graph determine where the function is
discontinuous.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 42 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.9 : Continuity

3. The graph of f (x) is given below. Based on this graph determine where the function is
discontinuous.

For problems 4 - 13 using only Properties 1- 9 from the Limit Properties section, one-sided limit
properties (if needed) and the definition of continuity determine if the given function is continuous
or discontinuous at the indicated points.

6 + 2x
4. f (x) =
7x − 14
(a) x = −3 (b) x = 0 (c) x = 2

2y
5. R (y) =
y 2 − 25
(a) y = −5 (b) y = −1 (c) y = 3

5z − 20
6. g (z) =
z 2 − 12z
(a) z = −1 (b) z = 0 (c) z = 4

2+x
7. W (x) =
x2 + 6x − 7
(a) x = −7 (b) x = 0 (c) x = 1

(
2z 2 z < −1
8. h (z) =
4z + 6 z ≥ −1

(a) z = −6 (b) z = −1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 43 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.9 : Continuity

(
x + ex x < 0
9. g (x) =
x2 x ≥ 0

(a) x = 0 (b) x = 4

(
8 t<5
10. Z (t) =
1 − 6t t ≥ 5

(a) t = 0 (b) t = 5



 z + 2 z < −4
11. h (z) = 0 z = −4
 18 − z 2 z > −4


(a) z = −4 (b) z = 2



 1 − x2 x<2
−3



 x=2
12. f (x) = 2x − 7 2 < x < 7




 0 x=7

x 2 x>7

(a) x = 2 (b) x = 7



 3w w<0



 0 w=0
13. g (w) = w+6 0<w <8




 14 w=8
22 − w w>8


(a) w = 0 (b) w = 8

For problems 14 - 22 determine where the given function is discontinuous.

11 − 2x
14. f (x) =
2x2 − 13x − 7
3
15. Q (z) =
2z 2 + 3z − 4
t2 − 1
16. h (t) =
t3 + 6t2 + t
4z + 1
17. f (z) =
5 cos z2 + 1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 44 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.9 : Continuity

1−x
18. h (x) =
x sin (x − 1)
3
19. f (x) =
4ex−7 −1
2
ew +1
20. R (w) = w
e − 2e1−w
21. g (x) = cot (4x)
√

22. f (t) = sec t

For problems 23 - 27 use the Intermediate Value Theorem to show that the given equation has at
least one solution in the indicated interval. Note that you are NOT asked to find the solution only
show that at least one must exist in the indicated interval.

23. 1 + 7x3 − x4 = 0 on [4, 8]

24. z 2 + 11z = 3 on [−15, −5]

t2 + t − 15
25. = 0 on [−5, 1]
t−8

26. ln 2t2 + 1 − ln t2 + 4 = 0 on [−1, 2]

27. 10 = w3 + w2 e−w − 5 on [0, 4]

For problems 28 - 33 assume that f (x) is continuous everywhere unless otherwise indicated in
some way. From the given information is it possible to determine if there is a root of f (x) in the
given interval?
If it is possible to determine that there is a root in the given interval clearly explain how you know
that a root must exist. If it is not possible to determine if there is a root in the interval sketch a graph
of two functions each of which meets the given information and one will have a root in the given
interval and the other will not have a root in the given interval.

28. f (−5) = 12 and f (0) = −3 on the interval [−5, 0].

29. f (1) = 30 and f (9) = 6 on the interval [1, 9].

30. f (20) = −100 and f (40) = −100 on the interval [20, 40].

31. f (−4) = −10, f (5) = 17, lim f (x) = −2, and lim f (x) = 4 on the interval [−4, 5].
x→ 1− x→ 1+

32. f (−8) = 2, f (1) = 23, lim f (x) = 35, and lim f (x) = 1 on the interval [−8, 1].
x→ −4− x→ −4+

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 45 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.9 : Continuity

33. f (0) = −1, f (9) = 10, lim f (x) = −12, and lim f (x) = −3 on the interval [0, 9].
x→ 2− x→ 2+

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 46 –

Chapter 2 : Limits Section 2.10 : The Definition of the Limit

2.10 The Definition of the Limit

Use the definition of the limit to prove the following limits.

1. lim (2x) = −8
x→−4

2. lim (−7x) = −7
x→1

3. lim (2x + 8) = 14
x→3

4. lim (5 − x) = 3
x→2

5. lim x2 = 4
x→ −2

6. lim x2 = 16
x→ 4

7. lim x2 + x + 6 = 8


x→1

x2 + 3x − 1 = −3


8. lim
x→−2

9. lim x4 = 1
x→ 1

1
10. lim =∞
x→−6 (x + 6)2
−3
11. lim = −∞
x→0 x2

1
12. lim =∞
x→0+ x
1
13. lim = −∞
x→1− x−1
1
14. lim =0
x→−∞ x2

1
15. lim =0
x→∞ x3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 47 –

3 Derivatives

In this chapter we will start looking at the next major topic in a calculus class, derivatives. This
chapter is devoted almost exclusively to finding/computing derivatives. We will, however, take a
look at a single application of derivatives in this chapter. We will be leaving most of the applications
of derivatives that we will be discussing to the next chapter.
This chapter will start out with defining just what a derivative is as well as look at a couple of the
main interpretations. In the process we will start to understand just how interconnected the main
topics of first Calculus course are. In particular, we will see that, in theory, we can’t do derivatives
unless we can also do limits.
However, having said that we’ll also see that using limits to computer derivatives can be a fairly
long process that is prone to inadvertent errors if we get in a hurry and, in some cases, will be all
but impossible to do. Therefore, after discussing the definition of the derivative we’ll move off to
looking at some formulas for computing derivatives that will allow us to avoid having to use limits
to compute derivatives. Note however that won’t mean that we can just forget all about using limits
to compute derivatives. That is still something that will, on occasion, come up so we can’t forget
about that.
We will discuss formulas for the following functions.
• Functions involving polynomials, roots and more generally, terms involving variables raised
to a power.
• Trigonometric functions.
• Exponential and Logarithm functions.
• Inverse Trigonometric functions.
• Hyperbolic functions.
We’ll also see very quickly that while the formulas for the functions above are nice they won’t
actually allow us to differentiate just any function that involved them. So, we will also discuss
the Product and Quotient Rules allowing us to differentiate, oddly enough, products and quotients
involving the functions listed above. We will also take a long look at something called the Chain
Rule which will again greatly expand the number of functions we can differentiate. In fact, the Chain
Rule may be the most important of the formulas we discuss as easily the majority of derivatives
will be taking eventually will involve the Chain Rule at least partially.

48
Chapter 3 : Derivatives

In addition we will also take a look at implicit differentiation. This will, again, expend the number
derivatives that we can find, including allowing us to find derivatives that we would not be able to find
otherwise. Implicit differentiation will also allow us to look at the only application of derivatives that
we will look at in this chapter, Related Rates. Related Rates problems will allow us to determine
the rate of change of a quantity provided we know something about the rates of change for the
other quantities in the problem.
We will also look at higher order derivatives. Or, in other words, we will take the derivative of a
derivative and discuss an application of of at least one of the higher order derivatives.
We will then close out the chapter with a quick discussion of Logarithmic Differentiation. Logarith-
mic Differentiation is al alternative method of differentiation that can be used instead of the Product
and Quotient Rule (sometimes easier sometimes not...). More importantly logarithmic differentia-
tion will allow us to differentiate a class of functions that none of the formulas we will have discussed
in this chapter up to this point would allow us differentiate.
The following sections are the assignment problems (no solutions available) for this material.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 49 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.1 : The Definition of the Derivative

3.1 The Definition of the Derivative

Use the definition of the derivative to find the derivative of the following functions.

1. g (x) = 10

2. T (y) = −8

3. f (x) = 5x + 7

4. Q (t) = 1 − 12t

5. f (z) = z 2 + 3

6. R (w) = w2 − 8w + 20

7. V (t) = 6t − t2

8. Q (t) = 2t2 − 8t + 10

9. g (z) = 1 + 10z − 7z 2

10. f (x) = 5x − x3

11. Y (t) = 2t3 + 9t + 5

12. Z (x) = 2x3 − x2 − x

2
13. f (t) =
t−3
x+2
14. g (x) =
1−x
t2
15. Q (t) =
t+2
√
16. f (w) = w + 8
√
17. V (t) = 14 + 3t
√
18. G (x) = 2 − 5x
√
19. Q (t) = 1 + 4t
√
20. f (x) = x2 + 1
1
21. W (t) = √
t

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 50 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.1 : The Definition of the Derivative

4
22. g (x) = √
1−x
√
23. f (x) = x + x
1
24. f (x) = x +
x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 51 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.2 : Interpretation of the Derivative

3.2 Interpretation of the Derivative

For problems 1 - 3 use the graph of the function, f (x), estimate the value of f 0 (a) for the given
values of a.

1.
(a) a = −5 (b) a = 1

2.
(a) a = −2 (b) a = 3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 52 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.2 : Interpretation of the Derivative

3.
(a) a = −3 (b) a = 4

For problems 4 - 6 sketch the graph of a function that satisfies the given conditions.

4. f (−7) = 5, f 0 (−7) = −3, f (4) = −1, f 0 (4) = 1

5. f (1) = 2, f 0 (1) = 4, f (6) = 2, f 0 (6) = 3

6. f (−1) = −9, f 0 (−1) = 0, f (2) = −1, f 0 (2) = 3, f (5) = 4, f 0 (5) = −1

For problems 7 - 9 the graph of a function, f (x), is given. Use this to sketch the graph of the
derivative, f 0 (x).

7.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 53 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.2 : Interpretation of the Derivative

8.

9.

10. Answer the following questions about the function g (z) = 1 + 10z − 7z 2 .
(a) Is the function increasing or decreasing at z = 0?

(b) Is the function increasing or decreasing at z = 2?

(c) Does the function ever stop changing? If yes, at what value(s) of z does the function
stop changing?

11. What is the equation of the tangent line to f (x) = 5x − x3 at x = 1.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 54 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.2 : Interpretation of the Derivative

12. The position of an object at any time t is given by s (t) = 2t2 − 8t + 10.
(a) Determine the velocity of the object at any time t.

(b) Is the object moving to the right or left at t = 1?

(c) Is the object moving to the right or left at t = 4?

(d) Does the object ever stop moving? If so, at what time(s) does the object stop moving?

13. Does the function R (w) = w2 − 8w + 20 ever stop changing? If yes, at what value(s) of w
does the function stop changing?

14. Suppose that the volume of air in a balloon for 0 ≤ t ≤ 6 is given by V (t) = 6t − t2 .
(a) Is the volume of air increasing or decreasing at t = 2?

(b) Is the volume of air increasing or decreasing at t = 5?

(c) Does the volume of air ever stop changing? If yes, at what times(s) does the volume
stop changing?

15. What is the equation of the tangent line to f (x) = 5x + 7 at x = −4?

16. Answer the following questions about the function Z (x) = 2x3 − x2 − x.
(a) Is the function increasing or decreasing at x = −1?

(b) Is the function increasing or decreasing at x = 2?

(c) Does the function ever stop changing? If yes, at what value(s) of x does the function
stop changing?
√
17. Determine if the function V (t) = 14 + 3t increasing or decreasing at the given points.
(a) t = 0

(b) t = 5

(c) t = 100

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 55 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.2 : Interpretation of the Derivative

t2
18. Suppose that the volume of water in a tank for t ≥ 0 is given by Q (t) = .
t+2
(a) Is the volume of water increasing or decreasing at t = 0?

(b) Is the volume of water increasing or decreasing at t = 3?

(c) Does the volume of water ever stop changing? If so, at what times(s) does the volume
stop changing?

19. What is the equation of the tangent line to g (x) = 10 at x = 16?

√
20. The position of an object at any time t is given by Q (t) = 1 + 4t.
(a) Determine the velocity of the object at any time t.

(b) Does the object ever stop moving? If so, at what time(s) does the object stop moving?

21. Does the function Y (t) = 2t3 + 9t + 5 ever stop changing? If yes, at what value(s) of t does
the function stop changing?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 56 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.3 : Differentiation Formulas

3.3 Differentiation Formulas

For problems 1 - 20 find the derivative of the given function.

1. g (x) = 8 − 4x3 + 2x8

2. f (z) = z 10 − 7z 5 + 2z 3 − z 2

3. y = 8x4 − 10x3 − 9x + 4

4. f (x) = 3x−4 + x4 − 3x

5. R (t) = 9t10 + 8t−10 + 12

6. h (y) = 3y −6 − 8y −3 + 9y −1

7. g (t) = t−7 + 2t−3 − 6t−2 + 8t4 − 1

√ √ √
8. z = x−7 4x+3 x
6

√
9
√
2
√
3
9. f (x) = 7 x4 − 2 x7 + x4
√ p 7
10. h (y) = 6 y + 6 y 5 + p
9
y2
4 1 1
11. g (z) = + −
z 2 7z 5 2z
2 1 √
2
12. y = + − 9t − t3
3t9 7t3
1 1
13. W (x) = x3 − 6
+√
5
x x2

14. g (w) = (w − 5) w2 + 1

√
x 1 − 9x3


15. h (x) =

2
16. f (t) = 3 − 2t3

17. g (x) = (1 + 2x) 2 − x + x2

4 − 8x + 2x2
18. y =
x
t4 − 2t2 + 7t
19. Y (t) =
t3
w2 (2 − w) + w5
20. S (w) =
3w

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 57 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.3 : Differentiation Formulas

For problems 21 - 26 determine where, if anywhere, the function is not changing.

21. f (x) = 2x3 − 9x2 − 108x + 14

22. u (t) = 45 + 300t2 + 20t3 − 3t4

23. Q (t) = t3 − 9t2 + t − 10

24. h (w) = 2w3 + 3w2 + 4w + 5

25. g (x) = 9 + 8x2 + 3x3 − x4

26. G (z) = z 2 (z − 1)2

27. Find the tangent line to f (x) = 3x5 − 4x2 + 9x − 12 at x = −1.

x2 + 1
28. Find the tangent line to g (x) = at x = 2.
x
√ √
29. Find the tangent line to h (x) = 2 x − 8 4 x at x = 16.

30. The position of an object at any time t is given by s (t) = 3t4 − 44t3 + 108t2 + 20.
(a) Determine the velocity of the object at any time t.

(b) Does the position of the object ever stop changing?

(c) When is the object moving to the right and when is the object moving to the left?

31. The position of an object at any time t is given by s (t) = 1 − 150t3 + 45t4 − 2t5 .
(a) Determine the velocity of the object at any time t.

(b) Does the position of the object ever stop changing?

(c) When is the object moving to the right and when is the object moving to the left?

32. Determine where the function f (x) = 4x3 − 18x2 − 336x + 27 is increasing and decreasing.

33. Determine where the function g (w) = w4 + 2w3 − 15w2 − 9 is increasing and decreasing.

34. Determine where the function V (t) = t3 − 24t2 + 192t − 50 is increasing and decreasing.

35. Determine the percentage of the interval [−6, 4] on which f (x) = 7 + 10x3 − 5x4 − 2x5 is
increasing.

36. Determine the percentage of the interval [−5, 2] on which f (x) = 3x4 − 8x3 − 144x2 is de-
creasing.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 58 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.3 : Differentiation Formulas

37. Is h (x) = 3 − x + x2 + 2x3 increasing or decreasing more on the interval [−1, 1]?

38. Determine where, if anywhere, the tangent line to f (x) = 12x2 − 9x + 3 is parallel to the line
y = 1 − 7x.

39. Determine where, if anywhere, the tangent line to f (x) = 8 + 4x + x2 − 2x3 is perpendicular
1 8
to the line y = − x + .
4 3
√
40. Determine where, if anywhere, the tangent line to f (x) = 3 x − 8x is perpendicular to the
line y = 2x − 11.
13x 1
41. Determine where, if anywhere, the tangent line to f (x) = + is parallel to the line y = x.
9 x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 59 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.4 : Product and Quotient Rule

3.4 Product and Quotient Rule

For problems 1 - 7 use the Product Rule or the Quotient Rule to find the derivative of the given
function.
√  √3

1. h (z) = (2 − z) 3 + 8 z 2
 
2
7 − 2x3


2. f (x) = x −
x

3. y = x2 − 5x + 1 12 + 2x − x3

√
3
x
4. g (x) =
1 + x2
4y − y 2
5. Z (y) =
6−y

1 − 10t + t2
6. V (t) =
5t + 2t3
(1 − 4w) (2 + w)
7. f (w) =
3 + 9w

For problems 8 - 12 use the fact that f (−3) = 12, f 0 (−3) = 9, g (−3) = −4, g 0 (−3) = 7,
h (−3) = −2 and h0 (−3) = 5 determine the value of the indicated derivative.

8. (f g)0 (−3)
 0
h
9. (−3)
g
 0
fg
10. (−3)
h

dy 
11. If y = [x − f (x)] h (x) determine .
dx x=−3

1 − g (x) h (x) dy 
12. If y = determine .
x + f (x) dx x=−3

13. Find the equation of the tangent line to f (x) = 8 − x2 1 + x + x2 at x = −2.

4 − x3
14. Find the equation of the tangent line to f (x) = at x = 1.
x + 2x2
2−z
15. Determine where g (z) = is increasing and decreasing.
12 + z 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 60 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.4 : Product and Quotient Rule

16. Determine where R (x) = (3 − x) 1 − 2x + x2 is increasing and decreasing.

7t − t2
17. Determine where h (t) = is increasing and decreasing.
1 + 2t2
1+x
18. Determine where f (x) = is increasing and decreasing.
1−x
19. Derive the formula for the Product Rule for four functions.

(f g h w)0 = f 0 g h w + f g 0 h w + f g h0 w + f g h w0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 61 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.5 : Derivatives of Trig Functions

3.5 Derivatives of Trig Functions

For problems 1 - 6 evaluate the given limit.

3t
1. lim
t→ 0 sin (t)

sin (9w)
2. lim
w→ 0 10w
sin (2θ)
3. lim
θ→ 0 sin (17θ)

sin (x + 4)
4. lim
x→ −4 3x + 12
cos (x) − 1
5. lim
x→ 0 9x
cos (8z) − 1
6. lim
z→ 0 2z

For problems 7 - 16 differentiate the given function.

7. h (x) = x4 − 9 sin (x) + 2 tan (x)

8. g (t) = 8 sec (t) + cos (t) − 4 csc (t)

9. y = 6 cot (w) − 8 cos (w) + 9

10. f (x) = 8 sec (x) csc (x)

11. h (t) = 8 − t9 tan (t)

√
5
12. R (x) = 6 x2 + 8x sin (x)

cos (z)
13. h (z) = 3z −
z3
1 + cos (x)
14. Y (x) =
1 − sin (x)

sec (w)
15. f (w) = 3w −
1 + 9 tan (w)

t cot (t)
16. g (t) =
t2 + 1
17. Find the tangent line to f (x) = 2 tan (x) − 4x at x = 0.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 62 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.5 : Derivatives of Trig Functions

18. Find the tangent line to f (x) = x sec (x) at x = 2π.

19. Find the tangent line to f (x) = cos (x) + sec (x) at x = π.

20. The position of an object is given by s (t) = 9 sin (t) + 2 cos (t) − 7 determine all the points
where the object is not changing.

21. The position of an object is given by s (t) = 8t + 10 sin (t) determine where in the interval
[0, 12] the object is moving to the right and moving to the left.

22. Where in the range [−6, 6] is the function f (z) = 3z − 8 cos (z) is increasing and decreasing.

23. Where in the range [−3, 5] is the function R (w) = 7 cos (w) − sin (w) + 3 is increasing and
decreasing.

24. Where in the range [0, 10] is the function h (t) = 9 − 15 sin (t) is increasing and decreasing.

d 
25. Using the definition of the derivative prove that cos (x) = − sin (x).
dx
d 
26. Prove that sec (x) = sec (x) tan (x).
dx
d 
27. Prove that cot (x) = −csc2 (x).
dx
d 
28. Prove that csc (x) = − csc (x) cot (x).
dx

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 63 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.6 : Derivatives of Exponentials & Logarithms

3.6 Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithm Functions

For problems 1 - 12 differentiate the given function.

1. g (z) = 10z − 9z

2. f (x) = 9 log4 (x) + 12 log11 (x)

3. h (t) = 6t − 4et

4. R (x) = 20 ln (x) + log123 (x)

5. Q (t) = t2 − 6t + 3 et

6. y = v + 8v 9v

7. U (z) = log4 (z) − z 6 ln (z)

8. h (x) = log3 (x) log (x)

1 − ew
9. f (w) =
1 + 7ew
1 + 4 ln (t)
10. f (t) =
5t3
r2 + log7 (r)
11. g (r) =
7r
t4 et
12. V (t) =
ln (t)

13. Find the tangent line to f (x) = (1 − 8x) ex at x = −1.

14. Find the tangent line to f (x) = 3x2 ln (x) at x = 1.

15. Find the tangent line to f (x) = 3ex + 8 ln (x) at x = 2.

16. Determine if U (y) = 4y − 3ey is increasing or decreasing at the following points.

(a) y = −2 (b) y = 0 (c) y = 3

z2
17. Determine if y (z) = is increasing or decreasing at the following points.
ln (z)
1
(a) z = 2 (b) z = 2 (c) z = 6

18. Determine if h (x) = x2 ex is increasing or decreasing at the following points.

(a) x = −1 (b) x = 0 (c) x = 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 64 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.7 : Derivatives of Inverse Trig Functions

3.7 Derivatives of Inverse Trig Functions

For each of the following problems differentiate the given function.

1. f (x) = sin (x) + 9sin−1 (x)

2. C (t) = 5sin−1 (t) − cos−1 (t)

3. g (z) = tan−1 (z) + 4cos−1 (z)

4. h (t) = sec−1 (t) − t3 cos−1 (t)

5. f (w) = w − w2 sin−1 (w)

6. y = x − cot−1 (x) 1 + csc−1 (x)

z+1
7. Q (z) =
tan−1 (z)

1 + sin−1 (t)
8. A (t) =
1 − cos−1 (t)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 65 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.8 : Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions

3.8 Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions

For each of the following problems differentiate the given function.

1. h (w) = w2 − 3 sinh (w)

2. g (x) = cos (x) + cosh (x)

3. H (t) = 3 csch (t) + 7 sinh (t)

4. A (r) = tan (r) tanh (r)

5. f (x) = ex cosh (x)

sech (z) + 1
6. f (z) =
1−z
coth (w)
7. Q (w) =
w + sinh (w)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 66 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.9 : Chain Rule

3.9 Chain Rule

For problems 1 - 51 differentiate the given function.

1. g (x) = (3 − 8x)11
√7
2. g (z) = 9z 3

6
3. h (t) = 9 + 2t − t3
√
4. y = w3 + 8w2

−2
5. R (v) = 14v 2 − 3v

2
6. H (w) =
(6 − 5w)8

7. f (x) = sin 4x + 7x4

8. T (x) = tan (1 − 2ex )

9. g (z) = cos sin (z) + z 2

10. h (u) = sec u2 − u

11. y = cot (1 + cot (x))

2
12. f (t) = e1−t
6
13. J (z) = e12z−z

14. f (z) = ez+ln(z)

15. B (x) = 7cos(x)

2 −9x
16. z = 3x

17. R (z) = ln (6z + ez )

18. h (w) = ln w7 − w5 + w3 − w

19. g (t) = ln (1 − csc (t))

20. f (v) = tan−1 (3 − 2v)

21. h (t) = sin−1 (9t)

p
6
22. A (t) = cos (t) − 1 − sin (t)

23. H (z) = ln (6z) − 4 sec (z)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 67 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.9 : Chain Rule

24. f (x) = tan4 (x) + tan x4

2 −8u
25. f (u) = e4u − 6e−u + 7eu

26. g (z) = sec8 (z) + sec z 8

5 √
27. k (w) = w4 − 1 + 2 + 9w
√
28. h (x) = 3
x2 − 5x + 1 + (9x + 4)−7

5
29. T (x) = 2x3 − 1 (5 − 3x)4

30. w = z 2 + 4z sin (1 − 2z)

31. Y (t) = t8 cos4 (t)

√
32. f (x) = 6 − x4 ln (10x + 3)

33. A (z) = sec (4z) tan z 2

√
5v + ln v 4 e6+9v


34. h (v) =
2
ex +8x
35. f (x) = √
x4 + 7

(4x + 1)3
36. g (x) =
(x2 − x)6

csc (1 − t)
37. g (t) =
1 + e−t

sin2 (z)
38. V (z) =
1 + cos (z 2 )

39. U (w) = ln (ew cos (w))

40. h (t) = tan 5 − t2 ln (t)

 
3+x
41. z = ln
2 − x2
r
ev
42. g (v) =
7 + 2v
p √
43. f (x) = x2 + 1 + 4x

44. u = (6 + cos (8w))5

 2
−4
45. h (z) = 7z − z 2 + e5z +z

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 68 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.9 : Chain Rule

46. A (y) = ln 7y 3 + sin2 (y)

47. g (x) = csc6 (8x)

p
48. V (w) = 4 cos (9 − w2 ) + ln (6w + 5)

49. h (t) = sin t3 e−6t

8
50. B (r) = esin(r) − sin (er )

51. f (z) = cos2 1 + cos2 (z)

5
52. Find the tangent line to f (x) = 2 − 4x2 at x = 1.

53. Find the tangent line to f (x) = e2x+4 − 8 ln x2 − 3 at x = −2.

54. Determine where A (t) = t3 (9 − t)4 is increasing and decreasing.

55. Is h (x) = (2x + 1)4 (2 − x)5 increasing or decreasing more in the interval [−2, 3]?
w
56. Determine where U (w) = 3 cos + w − 3 is increasing and decreasing in the interval
2
[−10, 10].

57. If the position of an object is given by s (t) = 4 sin (3t)−10t+7. Determine where, if anywhere,
the object is not moving in the interval [0, 4].

58. Determine where f (x) = 6 sin (2x)−7 cos (2x)−3 is increasing and decreasing in the interval
[−3, 2].
2
59. Determine where H (w) = w2 − 1 e2−w is increasing and decreasing.

2 −8 2
60. What percentage of [−3, 5] is the function g (z) = ez + 3e1−2z decreasing?

61. The position of an object is given by s (t) = ln 2t3 − 21t2 + 36t + 200 . During the first 10

hours of motion (assuming the motion starts at t = 0) what percentage of the time is the
object moving to the right?
x
− ln 2 + 9x − x2 determine each of the following.


62. For the function f (x) = 1 −
2
(a) The interval on which the function is defined.

(b) Where the function is increasing and decreasing.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 69 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.10 : Implicit Differentiation

3.10 Implicit Differentiation

For problems 1 - 6 do each of the following.

(a) Find y 0 by solving the equation for y and differentiating directly.
(b) Find y 0 by implicit differentiation.
(c) Check that the derivatives in (a) and (b) are the same.

1. x2 y 9 = 2
6x
2. =4
y7

3. 1 = x4 + 5y 3

4. 8x − y 2 = 3

5. 4x − 6y 2 = xy 2

6. ln (x y) = x

For problems 7 - 21 find y 0 by implicit differentiation.

7. y 2 − 12x3 = 8y

8. 3y 7 + x10 = y −2 − 6x3 + 2

9. y −3 + 4x−1 = 8y −1

10. 10x4 − y −6 = 7y 3 + 4x−3

11. sin (x) + cos (y) = e4y

12. x + ln (y) = sec (y)

13. y 2 4 − x2 = y 7 + 9x

14. 6x−2 − x3 y 2 + 4x = 0

15. 8xy + 2x4 y −3 = x3

16. yx3 − cos (x) sin (y) = 7x

17. ex cos (y) + sin (xy) = 9

p
18. x2 + x3 + 2y = y 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 70 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.10 : Implicit Differentiation

19. tan (3x + 7y) = 6 − 4x−1

2 +y 2 2 2
20. ex = ex y + 1
 
x
21. sin + x3 = 2 − y 4
y

For problems 22 - 24 find the equation of the tangent line at the given point.

22. 3x + y 2 = x2 − 19 at (−4, 3)

23. x2 y = y 2 − 6x at (2, 6)
π π
24. 2 sin (x) cos (y) = 1 at ,−
4 4

For problems 25 - 27 determine if the function is increasing, decreasing or not changing at the
given point.

25. x2 − y 3 = 4y + 9 at (2, −1)

2
26. e1−x ey = x3 + y at (1, 0)
π 
27. sin (π − x) + y 2 cos (x) = y at ,1
2

For problems 28 - 31 assume that x = x (t), y = y (t) and z = z (t) and differentiate the given
equation with respect to t.

28. x4 − 6z = 3 − y 2

29. x y 4 = y 2 z 3

10
30. z 7 e6 y = y 2 − 8x + z −4

p
31. cos z 2 x3 + y 2 + x2 = 0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 71 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

3.11 Related Rates

1. In the following assume that x and y are both functions of t. Given x = 3, y = 2 and y 0 = 7
determine x0 for the following equation.

x3 − y 4 = x2 y − 7

2. In the following assume that x and y are both functions of t. Given x = π6 , y = −4 and x0 = 12
determine y 0 for the following equation.

x2 y 2 − 16 − 6 cos (2x) = 1 + y

3. In the following assume that x, y and z are all functions of t. Given x = −1, y = 8, z = 2,
x0 = −4 and y 0 = 7 determine z 0 for the following equation.
y
x4 + = 2x2 z 2 − 3
z

4. n the following assume that x, y and z are all functions of t. Given x = −2, y = 3, z = 4,
y 0 = 6 and z 0 = 0 determine x0 for the following equation.

x y 2 z 2 = x3 − z 4 − 8y

5. The sides of a square are increasing at a rate of 10 cm/sec. How fast is the area enclosed
by the square increasing when the area is 150 cm2 .

6. The sides of an equilateral triangle are decreasing at a rate of 3 in/hr. How fast is the area
enclosed by the triangle decreasing when the sides are 2 feet long?

7. A spherical balloon is being filled in such a way that the surface area is increasing at a rate
of 20 cm2 /sec when the radius is 2 meters. At what rate is air being pumped in the balloon
when the radius is 2 meters?

8. A cylindrical tank of radius 2.5 feet is being drained of water at a rate of 0.25 ft3 /sec. How
fast is the height of the water decreasing?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 72 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

9. A hot air balloon is attached to a spool of rope that is 125 feet away from the balloon when it
is on the ground. The hot air balloon rises straight up in such a way that the length of rope
increases at a rate of 15 ft/sec. How fast is the hot air balloon rising 20 seconds after it lifts
off?

10. A rock is dropped straight off a bridge that is 50 meters above the ground and falls at a
speed of 10 m/sec. Another person is 7 meters away on the same bridge. At what rate is
the distance between the rock and the second person increasing just as the rock hits the
ground?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 73 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

11. A person is 550 meters away from a road and there is a car that is initially 800 meters away
approaching the person at a speed of 45 m/sec. At what rate is the distance between the
person and the car changing (a) 5 seconds after the start, (b) when the car is directly in front
of the person and (c) 10 seconds after the car has passed the person.

12. Two cars are initially 1200 miles apart. At the same time Car A starts driving at 35 mph to the
east while Car B starts driving at 55 mph to the north (see sketch below for this initial setup).
At what rate is the distance between the two cars changing after (a) 5 hours of travel, (b) 20
hours of travel and (c) 40 hours of travel?

13. Repeat problem 12 above except for this problem assume that Car A starts traveling 4 hours
after Car B starts traveling. For parts (a), (b) and (c) assume that these are travel times for
Car B.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 74 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

14. Two people are on a city block. See the sketch below for placement and distances. Person A
is on the northeast corner and Person B is on the southwest corner. Person A starts walking
towards the southeast corner at a rate of 3 ft/sec. Four seconds later Person B starts walking
towards the southeast corner at a rate of 2 ft/sec. At what rate is the distance between them
changing (a) 10 seconds after Person A starts walking and (b) after Person A has covered
half the distance?

15. A person is standing 75 meters away from a kite and has a spool of string attached to the
kite. The kite starts to rise straight up in the air at a rate of 2 m/sec and at the same time the
person starts to move towards the kites launch point at a rate of 0.75 m/sec. Is the length
string increasing or decreasing after (a) 4 seconds and (b) 20 seconds.

16. A person lights the fuse on a model rocket and starts to move away from the rocket at a rate
of 3 ft/sec. Five seconds after lighting the fuse the rocket launches straight up into the air at a
rate of 10 ft/sec. Is the distance between the person and the rocket increasing or decreasing
(a) 6 seconds after launch and (b) 12 seconds after launch?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 75 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

17. A light is on a pole and is being lowered towards the ground at a rate of 9 in/sec. A 6 foot tall
person is on the ground and 8 feet away from the pole. At what rate is the persons shadow
increasing then the light is 15 feet above the ground?

18. A light is fixed on a wall 10 meters above the floor. Twelve meters away from the wall a pole
is being raised straight up at a rate of 45 cm/sec. When the pole is 6 meters tall at what rate
is the tip of the shadow moving (a) away from the pole and (b) away from the wall? Note the
sketch below is not to scale...

19. A light is on the top of a 15 foot tall pole. A 5 foot tall person starts at the pole and moves
away from the pole at a rate of 2.5 ft/sec. After moving for 8 seconds at what rate is the tip
of the shadow moving (a) away from the person and (b) away from the pole?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 76 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

20. A tank of water is in the shape of a cone (assume the “point” of the cone is pointing down-
wards) and is leaking water at a rate of 35 cm3 /sec. The base radius of the tank is 1 meter
and the height of the tank is 2.5 meters. When the depth of the water is 1.25 meters at what
rate is the (a) depth changing and (b) the radius of the top of the water changing?

21. A trough of water is 20 meters in length and its ends are in the shape of an isosceles triangle
whose width is 7 meters and height is 10 meters. Assume that the two equal length sides of
the triangle are the sides of the water tank and the other side of the triangle is the top of the
tank and is parallel to the ground. Water is being pumped into the tank at a rate of 2 m3 /min.
When the water is 6 meters deep at what rate is (a) depth changing and (b) the width of the
top of the water changing? Note the sketch below is not to scale...

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 77 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

22. A trough of water is 9 feet long and its ends are in the shape of an equilateral triangle whose
sides are 1.5 feet long. Assume that the top of the tank is parallel to the ground. If water is
being pumped out of the tank at a rate of 2 ft3 /s at what rate is the depth of the water changing
when the depth is 0.75 feet?

23. The angle of elevation (depression) is the angle formed by a horizontal line and a line joining
the observer’s eye to an object above (below) the horizontal line. Two people are on the roof
of buildings separated by at 25 foot wide road. Person A is 100 feet above Person B and
drops a rock off the roof of their building and it falls at a rate of 3 ft/sec. The sketches below
are not to scale....
(a) At what rate is the angle of elevation changing as Person B watches the rock fall when
the rock is 35 feet above Person B?

(b) At what rate is the angle of depression changing as Person B watches the rock fall when
the rock is 65 feet below Person B? See figure on next page.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 78 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

24. The angle of elevation is the angle formed by a horizontal line and a line joining the observer’s
eye to an object above the horizontal line. A person is standing 15 meters away from a
building and watching an outside elevator move down the face of the building. When the
angle of elevation is 1 radians it is changing at a rate of 0.15 radians/sec. At this point in time
what is the speed of the elevator?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 79 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.11 : Related Rates

25. The angle of elevation is the angle formed by a horizontal line and a line joining the observer’s
eye to an object above the horizontal line. A person is 24 feet away from a building and
watching an outside elevator move up the face of the building. The elevator is moving up
at a rate of 4 ft/sec and the person is moving towards the building at a rate of 0.75 ft/sec.
Assuming that the elevator started moving from the ground at the same time that the person
started walking is the angle of elevation increasing or decreasing after 10 seconds?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 80 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.12 : Higher Order Derivatives

3.12 Higher Order Derivatives

For problems 1 - 9 determine the fourth derivative of the given function.

1. f (z) = z 8 + 2z 6 − 7z 4 + 20z 2 − 3

2. y = 6t4 − 5t3 + 4t2 − 3t + 2

3. V (t) = 6t−2 + 7t−3 − t−4

3 1 3
4. g (x) = x − 4x3
+ 2x5
√ √ √
4
5. h (x) = 8 x − 3 x + 5 x9
p
3 32 1
6. h (y) = y2 − √
4 y
+ p
3 y5
 
2x
7. y = 9 sin (z) − sin (4z) + 7 cos
3

8. R (x) = 2e−x − 3e1+8x + 9 ln (6x)

9. f (t) = ln t6 − cos (4t) + 9 sin (2t) + e7t

For problems 10 - 20 determine the second derivative of the given function.

10. Q (w) = cos 2 − 7w2

11. f (z) = sin 1 + e2x

12. y = tan (3x)

13. z = csc (8w)

2 +9u
14. f (u) = e4u

15. h (x) = ln x2 − 3x

16. g (z) = ln (3 + cos (z))

1
17. f (x) = √
6x + x4

18. f (x) = [3 sin (x) + 8 cos (2x)]−3

19. f (t) = sin3 (2t)

20. A (w) = tan4 (w)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 81 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.12 : Higher Order Derivatives

For problems 21 - 23 determine the third derivative of the given function.

21. g (x) = sec (3x)

3
22. y = e1−2t

23. h (w) = cos w − w2

For problems 24 - 27 determine the second derivative of the given function.

24. 6y − y 2 = 3x4 + 9x

25. y 3 − 4x2 = 11x − 2y 2

26. ey + 4x = y 3 − 1

27. y cos (x) = 3 + 4y 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 82 –

Chapter 3 : Derivatives Section 3.13 : Logarithmic Differentiation

3.13 Logarithmic Differentiation

For problems 1 - 6 use logarithmic differentiation to find the first derivative of the given func-
tion.

4
1. h (x) = x8 cos (3x) 6 + 3x2
√ √
5
2. f (w) = 4 + 2w − 9w2 7w + 2w3 + w5

3
1 + 7z 2
3. h (z) =
(2 + 3z + 4z 2 )4
p
1 + sin (2x)
4. g (x) =
2x − tan (x)

(9 − 3t)10
5. h (t) =
t2 sin (7t)

3 + 8x cos (1 − x)
6. y =
(1 + 2x2 )4 (5x + x2 )7

For problems 7 - 10 find the first derivative of the given function.

7. y = x ln(x)

8. R (t) = [sin (4t)]6 t

2+8w+w 3
9. h (w) = 6 − w2
2
10. g (z) = z 2 [3 + z]1−z

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 83 –

4 Derivative Applications

In the previous chapter we focused almost exclusively, with the exception of Related Rates, on the
computation and interpretation of derivatives. In this chapter will focus on applications of deriva-
tives and it is important to always remember that we didn’t spend a whole chapter talking about
how to compute derivatives just to be talking about them. Each of the applications here will require
us to compute at least one derivative and that computation will often be the very first step in the
problem. So, if you are rusty with your differentiation skills you will need to go back to the previous
chapter and scrap some of that rust off, so to speak, or you will find yourself struggling a lot in this
chapter.
There are quite a few important applications to derivatives but almost all of them require the use
of something called a critical point. So, we will first need to define just what a critical point is and
make sure we are comfortable with finding critical points.
Once we have a good understanding of critical points we will turn our focus to the first application
that we’ll be spending quite bit of time on in this chapter. Namely, how we can use derivatives to
find some important information about a function. We already know how to determine if a function
is increasing or decreasing as we discussed that and worked a few problems on that in the last
chapter. We will work some more problems involving increasing and decreasing functions to make
sure we are clear on how that works. As we know from the last chapter we use the first derivative
to determine where a function is increasing and decreasing. So we will then move on to see what
the second derivative can tell us about a function. As we will see the second derivative can be
used to determine the concavity of a function. The concavity of a function gives, in some way, the
“curvature” of a function.
Once we have discussed all the information that derivatives can tell us about a function we’ll use
that information to get a sketch of the graph of a function without any kind of computational aid
outside of occasionally needing a calculator to compute the value of the function at a few points.
As we’ll see we will often get a fairly good sketch of the graph from just this information.
The other topic that we will focus on in this chapter will be optimizing functions. By optimizing a
function we mean finding the minimum and maximum value that a function can take. In addition,
we will, on occasion, include a constraint on the function we are trying to optimize. The constraint
will be an additional equation that the variable(s) in the function we are optimizing must also sat-
isfy.
We will also take a quick look at a couple of other applications. These will include linear approxima-
tions (i.e. find a linear function that can approximate the function for at least a range of variables),

84
Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications

Newton’s Method (i.e. approximating the solution to an equation) as well as a couple of applications
of derivatives to some business applications.
We will also briefly revisit limits to discuss L’Hospital’s Rule. This is a method of computing some
limits of functions that are of “indeterminate form” (defined later) that we cannot, at this point,
computer. A valid question is why did we not discuss L’Hospital’s Rule back in the Limits chapter?
That is a valid question and it has a simple answer. We couldn’t discuss L’Hospitals’s Rule until
this point because it involved taking some derivatives which we (clearly) did not yet know when we
first looked at limits.
The following sections are the assignment problems (no solutions available) for this material.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 85 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.1 : Rates of Change

4.1 Rates of Change

As noted in the text for this section the purpose of this section is only to remind you of certain types
of applications that were discussed in the previous chapter. As such there aren’t any problems
written for this section. Instead here is a list of links (note that these will only be active links in
the web version and not the pdf version) to problems from the relevant sections from the previous
chapter.
Each of the following sections has a selection of increasing/decreasing problems towards the bot-
tom of the problem set.
Differentiation Formulas
Product & Quotient Rules
Derivatives of Trig Functions
Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithm Functions
Chain Rule
Related Rates problems are in the Related Rates section.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 86 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.2 : Critical Points

4.2 Critical Points

For problems 1 - 43 determine the critical points of each of the following functions. Note that a
couple of the problems involve equations that may not be easily solved by hand and as such may
require some computational aids. These are marked are noted below.

1. R (x) = 8x3 − 18x2 − 240x + 2

2. f (z) = 2z 4 − 16z 3 + 20z 2 − 7

90 7
3. g (z) = 8 − 12z 5 − 25z 6 + z
7
4. g (t) = 3t4 − 20t3 − 132t2 + 672t − 4
Note : Depending upon your factoring skills this may require some computational aids.

15 4
5. h (x) = 10x2 − 15x3 + x − x5
2
Note : Depending upon your factoring skills this may require some computational aids.

6. P (w) = w3 − 4w2 − 7w − 1

7. A (t) = 7t3 − 3t2 + t − 15

8. a (t) = 4 − 2t2 − 6t3 − 3t4

9. f (x) = 3x4 − 20x3 + 6x2 + 120x + 5

Note : This problem will require some computational aids.

10. h (v) = v 5 + v 4 + 10v 3 − 15

11. g (z) = (z − 3)5 (2z + 1)4

2
12. R (q) = (q + 2)4 q 2 − 8

2
13. f (t) = (t − 2)3 t2 + 1

w2 + 2w + 1
14. f (w) =
3w − 5
3 − 4t
15. h (t) =
t2 + 1
y2 − y
16. R (y) =
y 2 + 3y + 8
√
17. Y (x) = 3 x − 7

2
18. f (t) = t3 − 25t 3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 87 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.2 : Critical Points

√
19. h (x) = 5
x (2x + 8)2

√
20. Q (w) = 6 − w2 3 w2 − 4
 
t
21. Q (t) = 7 sin −2
4

22. g (x) = 3 cos (2x) − 5x

23. f (x) = 7 cos (x) + 2x

24. h (t) = 6 sin (2t) + 12t

z 
25. w (z) = cos3
5
26. U (z) = tan (z) − 4z

27. h (x) = x cos (x) − sin (x)

28. h (x) = 2 cos (x) − cos (2x)

29. f (w) = cos2 (w) − cos4 (w)

30. F (w) = e14w+3

31. g (z) = z 2 e1−z

2
32. A (x) = (3 − 2x) ex
2
33. P (t) = (6t + 1) e8t−t
2 2 −4
34. f (x) = e3+x − e2x
2 −4z 2
35. f (z) = ez + e8z−2z
3 −8y 2
36. h (y) = e6y
3 +4t 2 −t
37. g (t) = e2t

38. Z (t) = ln t2 + t + 3

39. G (r) = r − ln r2 + 1

40. A (z) = 2 − 6z + ln (8z + 1)

41. f (x) = x − 4 ln x2 + x + 2

42. g (x) = ln (4x + 2) − ln (x + 4)

43. h (t) = ln t2 − t + 1 + ln (4 − t)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 88 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.2 : Critical Points

44. The graph of some function, f (x), is shown. Based on the graph, estimate the location of all
the critical points of the function.

45. The graph of some function, f (x), is shown. Based on the graph, estimate the location of all
the critical points of the function.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 89 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.2 : Critical Points

46. The graph of some function, f (x), is shown. Based on the graph, estimate the location of all
the critical points of the function.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 90 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.3 : Minimum and Maximum Values

4.3 Minimum and Maximum Values

1. Below is the graph of some function, f (x). Identify all of the relative extrema and absolute
extrema of the function.

2. Below is the graph of some function, f (x). Identify all of the relative extrema and absolute
extrema of the function.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 91 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.3 : Minimum and Maximum Values

3. Below is the graph of some function, f (x). Identify all of the relative extrema and absolute
extrema of the function.

4. Below is the graph of some function, f (x). Identify all of the relative extrema and absolute
extrema of the function.

5. Sketch the graph of f (x) = 3 − 12 x and identify all the relative extrema and absolute extrema
of the function on each of the following intervals.
(a) (−∞, ∞)

(b) [−3, 2]

(c) [−4, 1)

(d) (0, 5)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 92 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.3 : Minimum and Maximum Values

6. Sketch the graph of g (x) = (x − 2)2 + 1 and identify all the relative extrema and absolute
extrema of the function on each of the following intervals.
(a) (−∞, ∞)

(b) [0, 3]

(c) [−1, 5]

(d) [−1, 1]

(e) [1, 3)

(f) (2, 4)

7. Sketch the graph of h (x) = e3−x and identify all the relative extrema and absolute extrema
of the function on each of the following intervals.
(a) (−∞, ∞)

(b) [−1, 3]

(c) [−6, −1]

(d) (1, 4]

8. Sketch the graph of h (x) = cos (x) + 2 and identify all the relative extrema and absolute
extrema of the function on each of the following intervals. Do, all work for this problem in
radians.
(a) (−∞, ∞)
h π πi
(b) − ,
3 4
h π i
(c) − , 2π
2
 
1
(d) ,1
2

9. Sketch the graph of a function on the interval [3, 9] that has an absolute maximum at x = 5
and an absolute minimum at x = 4.

10. Sketch the graph of a function on the interval [0, 10] that has an absolute minimum at x = 5
and an absolute maximums at x = 0 and x = 10.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 93 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.3 : Minimum and Maximum Values

11. Sketch the graph of a function on the interval (−∞, ∞) that has a relative minimum at x = −7,
a relative maximum at x = 2 and no absolute extrema.

12. Sketch the graph of a function that meets the following conditions :
(a) Has at least one absolute maximum.

(b) Has one relative minimum.

(c) Has no absolute minimum.

13. Sketch the graph of a function that meets the following conditions :
(a) Graphed on the interval [2, 9].

(b) Has a discontinuity at some point interior to the interval.

(c) Has an absolute maximum at the discontinuity in part (b).

(d) Has an absolute minimum at the discontinuity in part (b).

14. Sketch the graph of a function that meets the following conditions :
(a) Graphed on the interval [−4, 10].

(b) Has no relative extrema.

(c) Has an absolute maximum at one end point.

(d) Has an absolute minimum at the other end point.

15. Sketch the graph of a function that meets the following conditions :
(a) Has a discontinuity at some point.

(b) Has an absolute maximum and an absolute minimum.

(c) Neither absolute extrema occurs at the discontinuity.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 94 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.4 : Finding Absolute Extrema

4.4 Finding Absolute Extrema

For each of the following problems determine the absolute extrema of the given function on the
specified interval.

1. f (z) = 2z 4 − 16z 3 + 20z 2 − 7 on [−2, 6]

2. f (z) = 2z 4 − 16z 3 + 20z 2 − 7 on [−2, 4]

3. f (z) = 2z 4 − 16z 3 + 20z 2 − 7 on [0, 2]

4. Q (w) = 20 + 280w3 + 75w4 − 12w5 on [−3, 2]

5. Q (w) = 20 + 280w3 + 75w4 − 12w5 on [−1, 8]

90 7
6. g (z) = 8 − 12z 5 − 25z 6 + z on [−1, 1]
7
7. g (t) = 3t4 − 20t3 − 132t2 + 672t − 4 on [−5, 8]
Note : Depending upon your factoring skills this may require some computational aids.

8. g (t) = 3t4 − 20t3 − 132t2 + 672t − 4 on [−2, 8]

Note : Depending upon your factoring skills this may require some computational aids.

9. V (x) = 14x3 + 11x2 − 4x + 3 on [−1, 1]

10. a (t) = 4 − 2t2 − 6t3 − 3t4 on [−2, 1]

11. h (x) = 8 + 3x + 7x2 − x3 on [−1, 5]

12. f (x) = 3x4 − 20x3 + 6x2 + 120x + 5 on [−1, 5]

Note : This problem will require some computational aids.

13. h (v) = v 5 + v 4 + 10v 3 − 15 on [−3, 2]

14. g (z) = (z − 3)5 (2z + 1)4 on [−1, 3]

2
15. R (q) = (q + 2)4 q 2 − 8 on [−4, 1]

3 − 4t
16. h (t) = on [−2, 4]
t2 + 1
6 + 9x + x2
17. g (x) = on [−6, 0]
1 + x + x2

2
18. f (t) = t3 − 25t 3 on [2, 6]
2
19. F (t) = 2 + t 5 1 + t + t2 on [−2, 1]

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 95 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.4 : Finding Absolute Extrema

√
 
1
20. Q (w) = 6 − w2 3
w2 − 4 on −5,
2

21. g (x) = 3 cos (2x) − 5x on [0, 6]

w
22. s (w) = 3w − 10 sin on [10, 38]
3
23. f (x) = 7 cos (x) + 2x on [−5, 4]

24. h (x) = x cos (x) − sin (x) on [−15, −5]

 
2 1−z 1 5
25. g (z) = z e on − ,
2 2
2
26. P (t) = (6t + 1) e8t−t on [−1, 3]

27. f (x) = e5+9x + e1−3x + 6 on [−1, 0]

 
6y 3 −8y 2 1
28. h (y) = e on − , 1
2

29. Z (t) = ln t2 + t + 3 on [−2, 2]

30. f (x) = x − 4 ln x2 + x + 2 on [−1, 9]

31. h (t) = ln t2 − t + 1 + ln (4 − t) on [1, 3]

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 96 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.5 : The Shape of a Graph, Part I

4.5 The Shape of a Graph, Part I

For problems 1 - 4 the graph of a function is given. Determine the intervals on which the function
increases and decreases.

1.

2.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 97 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.5 : The Shape of a Graph, Part I

3.

4.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 98 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.5 : The Shape of a Graph, Part I

For problems 5 - 7 the graph of the derivative of a function is given. From this graph determine
the intervals in which the function increases and decreases.

5.

6.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 99 –

 Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.5 : The Shape of a Graph, Part I

7.

For problems 8 - 10 The known information about the derivative of a function is given. From this
information answer each of the following questions.
(a) Identify the critical points of the function.

(b) Determine the intervals on which the function increases and decreases.

(c) Classify the critical points as relative maximums, relative minimums or neither.

8.
f 0 (1) = 0 f 0 (3) = 0 f 0 (8) = 0
f 0 (x) < 0 on (−∞, 1) , (3, 8) f 0 (x) > 0 on (1, 3) , (8, ∞)

9.
g 0 (−2) = 0 g 0 (0) = 0 g 0 (3) = 0 g 0 (6) = 0
g 0 (x) < 0 on (0, 3) , (6, ∞) 0
g (x) > 0 on (−∞, −2) , (−2, 0) , (3, 6)

10.
h0 (−1) = 0 h0 (2) = 0 h0 (5) = 0
h0 (x) < 0 on (−∞, −1) , (−1, 2) 0
h (x) > 0 on (2, 5) , (5, ∞)

For problems 11 - 28 answer each of the following.

(a) Identify the critical points of the function.

(b) Determine the intervals on which the function increases and decreases.

(c) Classify the critical points as relative maximums, relative minimums or neither.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 100 –

 Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.5 : The Shape of a Graph, Part I

11. f (t) = t3 − 15t2 + 63t + 3

12. g (x) = 20 + 8x2 + 4x3 − x4

13. Q (w) = 8w3 − 18w2 − 24w − 10

5
14. f (x) = x5 + x4 − 20x3 − 7
4
15. P (x) = 5 − 4x − 9x2 − 3x3

16. R (z) = z 5 + z 4 − 6z 3 + 5

17. h (z) = 1 − 12z 2 − 9z 3 − 2z 4

 
3 3
18. Q (t) = 7 − t + sin (4t) on − ,
2 2
z 
19. f (z) = 6z − 20 cos on [0, 22]
2
x
20. g (x) = 24 cos + 8x + 2 on [−30, 25]
3
21. h (w) = 9w − 5 sin (2w) on [−5, 0]
√
22. h (x) = 5
x (x + 7)
2
23. W (z) = 10 − w2 (w + 2) 3

√
24. f (t) = t2 − 8 3 2
t −4
1 3 −x 2 −3x
25. f (x) = e 3 x

26. h (z) = z 2 − 8 e3 −z

27. A (t) = ln t2 + 5t + 8

28. g (x) = x − 3 + ln 1 + x + x2

29. Answer each of the following questions.

(a) What is the minimum degree of a polynomial that has exactly one relative extrema?

(b) What is the minimum degree of a polynomial that has exactly two relative extrema?

(c) What is the minimum degree of a polynomial that has exactly three relative extrema?

(d) What is the minimum degree of a polynomial that has exactly n relative extrema?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 101 –

 Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.5 : The Shape of a Graph, Part I

30. For some function, f (x), it is known that there is a relative minimum at x = −4. Answer each
of the following questions about this function.
(a) What is the simplest form that the derivative of this function?
Note : There really are many possible forms of the derivative so to make the rest of this problem
as simple as possible you will want to use the simplest form of the derivative.

(b) Using your answer from (a) determine the most general form of the function.

(c) Given that f (−4) = 6 find a function that will have a relative minimum at x = −4.
Note : There are many possible answers here so just give one of them.

31. For some function, f (x), it is known that there is a relative maximum at x = −1. Answer each
of the following questions about this function.
(a) What is the simplest form that the derivative of this function?
Note : There really are many possible forms of the derivative so to make the rest of this problem
as simple as possible you will want to use the simplest form of the derivative.

(b) Using your answer from (a) determine the most general form of the function.

(c) Given that f (−1) = 3 find a function that will have a relative maximum at x = −1.
Note : There are many possible answers here so just give one of them.

32. For some function, f (x), it is known that there is a critical point at x = 3 that is neither a relative
minimum or a relative maximum. Answer each of the following questions about this function.
(a) What is the simplest form that the derivative of this function?
Note : There really are many possible forms of the derivative so to make the rest of this problem
as simple as possible you will want to use the simplest form of the derivative.

(b) Using your answer from (a) determine the most general form of the function.

(c) Given that f (3) = 2 find a function that will have a critical point at x = 3 that is neither a
relative minimum or a relative maximum.
Note : There are many possible answers here so just give one of them.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 102 –

 Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.5 : The Shape of a Graph, Part I

33. For some function, f (x), it is known that there is a relative maximum at x = 1 and a relative
minimum at x = 4. Answer each of the following questions about this function.
(a) What is the simplest form that the derivative of this function?
Note : There really are many possible forms of the derivative so to make the rest of this problem
as simple as possible you will want to use the simplest form of the derivative.

(b) Using your answer from (a) determine the most general form form of the function.

(c) Given that f (1) = 6 and f (4) = −2 find a function that will have a relative maximum at
x = 1 and a relative minimum at x = 4.
Note : There are many possible answers here so just give one of them.

34. Given that f (x) and g (x) are increasing functions will h (x) = f (x) − g (x) always be an in-
creasing function? If so, prove that h (x) will be an increasing function. If not, find increasing
functions, f (x) and g (x), so that h (x) will be a decreasing function and find a different set of
increasing functions so that h (x) will be an increasing function.

35. Given that f (x) is an increasing function. There are several possible conditions that we can
impose on g (x) so that h (x) = f (x) − g (x) will be an increasing function. Determine as many
of these possible conditions as you can.

36. For a function f (x) determine a set of conditions on f (x), different from those given in #15 in
the practice problems, for which h (x) = [f (x)]2 will be an increasing function.

37. For a function f (x) determine a single condition on f (x) for which h (x) = [f (x)]3 will be an
increasing function.

38. Given that f (x) and g (x) are positive functions. Determine a set of conditions on them for which
h (x) = f (x) g (x) will be an increasing function. Note that there are several possible sets of
conditions here but try to determine the “simplest” set of conditions.

f (x)
39. Repeat #38 for h (x) = .
g (x)

40. Given that f (x) and g (x) are increasing functions prove that h (x) = f (g (x)) will also be an
increasing function.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 103 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.6 : The Shape of a Graph, Part II

4.6 The Shape of a Graph, Part II

For problems 1 & 2 the graph of a function is given. Determine the intervals on which the function
is concave up and concave down.

1.

2.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 104 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.6 : The Shape of a Graph, Part II

For problems 3 - 5 the graph of the 2nd derivative of a function is given. From this graph determine
the intervals in which the function is concave up and concave down.

3.

4.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 105 –

 Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.6 : The Shape of a Graph, Part II

5.

For problems 6 - 18 answer each of the following.

(a) Determine the intervals on which the function is concave up and concave down.

(b) Determine the inflection points of the function.

6. f (x) = x3 + 9x2 + 24x − 6

7. Q (t) = t4 − 2t3 − 120t2 − 84t + 35

8. h (z) = 3z 5 − 20z 4 + 40z 3

9. g (w) = 5w4 − 2w3 − 18w2 + 108w − 12

10. g (x) = 10 + 360x + 20x4 + 3x5 − x6

x
11. A (x) = 9x − 3x2 − 160 sin on [−20, 11]
4
12. f (x) = 3 cos (2x) − x2 − 14 on [0, 6]

13. h (t) = 1 + 2t2 − sin (2t) on [−2, 4]

1
14. R (v) = v(v − 8) 3
2
15. g (x) = (x − 1) (x + 3) 5

16. f (x) = e4 x − e− x

17. h (w) = w2 e−w

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 106 –

 Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.6 : The Shape of a Graph, Part II

18. A (w) = w2 − ln w2 + 1

For problems 19 - 33 answer each of the following.

(a) Identify the critical points of the function.

(b) Determine the intervals on which the function increases and decreases.

(c) Classify the critical points as relative maximums, relative minimums or neither.

(d) Determine the intervals on which the function is concave up and concave down.

(e) Determine the inflection points of the function.

(f) Use the information from steps (a) - (e) to sketch the graph of the function.

19. f (x) = 10 − 30x2 + 2x3

20. G (t) = 14 + 4t3 − t4

21. h (w) = w4 + 4w3 − 18w2 − 9

22. g (z) = 10z 3 + 10z 4 + 3z 5

23. f (z) = z 6 − 9z 5 + 20z 4 + 10

24. Q (t) = 3t − 5 sin (2t) on [−1, 4]

 
1 1
25. g (x) = x + cos x on [−25, 0]
2 3
1
26. h (x) = x(x − 4) 3
√
27. f (t) = t t2 + 1
4
28. A (z) = z 5 (z − 27)

29. g (w) = e4 w − e6 w
1 2
30. P (t) = 3te1− 4 t

31. g (x) = (x + 1)3 e− x

32. h (z) = ln z 2 + z + 1

33. f (w) = 2w − 8 ln w2 + 4

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 107 –

 Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.6 : The Shape of a Graph, Part II

34. Answer each of the following questions.

(a) What is the minimum degree of a polynomial that has exactly two inflection points.

(b) What is the minimum degree of a polynomial that has exactly three inflection points.

(c) What is the minimum degree of a polynomial that has exactly n inflection points.

35. For some function, f (x), it is known that there is an inflection point at x = 3. Answer each of
the following questions about this function.
(a) What is the simplest form that the 2nd derivative of this function?

(b) Using your answer from (a) determine the most general form of the function.

(c) Given that f (0) = −6 and f (3) = 1 find a function that will have an inflection point at x = 3.

For problems 36 - 39 f (x) is a polynomial. Given the 2nd derivative of the function, classify, if
possible, each of the given critical points as relative minimums or relative maximum. If it is not
possible to classify the critical point(s) clearly explain why they cannot be classified.

36. f 00 (x) = 3x2 − 4x − 15. The critical points are : x = −3, x = 0 and x = 5.

37. f 00 (x) = 4x3 − 21x2 − 24x + 68. The critical points are : x = −2, x = 4 and x = 7.

38. f 00 (x) = 23 + 18x − 9x2 − 4x3 . The critical points are : x = −4, x = −1 and x = 3.

39. f 00 (x) = 216 − 410x + 249x2 − 60x3 + 5x4 . The critical points are : x = 1, x = 4 and x = 5.

40. Use f (x) = (x + 1)3 (x − 1)4 for this problem.

(a) Determine the critical points for the function.

(b) Use the 2nd derivative test to classify the critical points as relative minimums or relative
maximums. If it is not possible to classify the critical point(s) clearly explain why they
cannot be classified.

(c) Use the 1st derivative test to classify the critical points as relative minimums, relative
maximums or neither.

41. Given that f (x) and g (x) are concave down functions. If we define h (x) = f (x)+g (x) show
that h (x) is a concave down function.

42. Given that f (x) is a concave up function. Determine a condition on g (x) for which
h (x) = f (x) + g (x) will be a concave up function.

43. For a function f (x) determine conditions on f (x) for which h (x) = [f (x)]2 will be a concave
up function. Note that there are several sets of conditions that can be used here. How many
of them can you find?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 108 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.7 : The Mean Value Theorem

4.7 The Mean Value Theorem

For problems 1 - 4 determine all the number(s) c which satisfy the conclusion of Rolle’s Theorem
for the given function and interval.

1. f (x) = x3 − 4x2 + 3 on [0, 4]

2. Q (z) = 15 + 2z − z 2 on [−2, 4]
2 −9
3. h (t) = 1 − et on [−3, 3]

4. g (w) = 1 + cos [π w] on [5, 9]

For problems 5 - 8 determine all the number(s) c which satisfy the conclusion of the Mean Value
Theorem for the given function and interval.

5. f (x) = x3 − x2 + x + 8 on [−3, 4]

6. g (t) = 2t3 + t2 + 7t − 1 on [1, 6]

7. P (t) = e2t − 6t − 3 on [−1, 0]

x
8. h (x) = 9x − 8 sin on [−3, −1]
2
9. Suppose we know that f (x) is continuous and differentiable on the interval [−2, 5], that
f (5) = 14 and that f 0 (x) ≤ 10. What is the smallest possible value for f (−2)?

10. Suppose we know that f (x) is continuous and differentiable on the interval [−6, −1], that
f (−6) = −23 and that f 0 (x) ≥ −4. What is the smallest possible value for f (−1)?

11. Suppose we know that f (x) is continuous and differentiable on the interval [−3, 4], that
f (−3) = 7 and that f 0 (x) ≤ −17. What is the largest possible value for f (4)?

12. Suppose we know that f (x) is continuous and differentiable on the interval [1, 9], that
f (9) = 0 and that f 0 (x) ≥ 8. What is the largest possible value for f (1)?

13. Show that f (x) = x7 + 2x5 + 3x3 + 14x + 1 has exactly one real root.

14. Show that f (x) = 6x3 − 2x2 + 4x − 3 has exactly one real root.

15. Show that f (x) = 20x − e−4x has exactly one real root.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 109 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.8 : Optimization

4.8 Optimization

1. Find two positive numbers whose sum of six times one of them and the second is 250 and
whose product is a maximum.

2. Find two positive numbers whose sum of twice the first and seven times the second is 600
and whose product is a maximum.

3. Let x and y be two positive numbers whose sum is 175 and (x + 3) (y + 4) is a maximum.
Determine x and y.

4. Find two positive numbers such that the sum of the one and the square of the other is 200
and whose product is a maximum.

5. Find two positive numbers whose product is 400 and such that the sum of twice the first and
three times the second is a minimum.

6. Find two positive numbers whose product is 250 and such that the sum of the first and four
times the second is a minimum.

7. Let x and y be two positive numbers such that y (x + 2) = 100 and whose sum is a minimum.
Determine x and y.

8. Find a positive number such that the sum of the number and its reciprocal is a minimum.

9. We are going to fence in a rectangular field and have 200 feet of material to construct the
fence. Determine the dimensions of the field that will enclose the maximum area.

10. We are going to fence in a rectangular field. Starting at the bottom of the field and moving
around the field in a counter clockwise manner the cost of material for each side is $6/ft,
$9/ft, $12/ft and $14/ft respectively. If we have $1000 to buy fencing material determine the
dimensions of the field that will maximize the enclosed area.

11. We are going to fence in a rectangular field that encloses 75 ft2 . Determine the dimensions
of the field that will require the least amount of fencing material to be used.

12. We are going to fence in a rectangular field that encloses 200 m2 . If the cost of the material
for of one pair of parallel sides is $3/m and cost of the material for the other pair of parallel
sides is $8/m determine the dimensions of the field that will minimize the cost to build the
fence around the field.

13. Show that a rectangle with a fixed area and minimum perimeter is a square.

14. Show that a rectangle with a fixed perimeter and a maximum area is a square.

15. We have 350 m2 of material to build a box whose base width is four times the base length.
Determine the dimensions of the box that will maximize the enclosed volume.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 110 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.8 : Optimization

16. We have $1000 to buy the materials to build a box whose base length is seven times the
base width and has no top. If the material for the sides cost $10/cm2 and the material for the
bottom cost $15/cm2 determine the dimensions of the box that will maximize the enclosed
volume.

17. We want to build a box whose base length is twice the base width and the box will enclose
80 ft3 . The cost of the material of the sides is $0.5/ft2 and the cost of the top/bottom is $3/ft2 .
Determine the dimensions of the box that will minimize the cost.

18. We want to build a box whose base is a square, has no top and will enclose 100 m3 . Deter-
mine the dimensions of the box that will minimize the amount of material needed to construct
the box.

19. We want to construct a cylindrical can with a bottom but no top that will have a volume of 65
in3 . Determine the dimensions of the can that will minimize the amount of material needed
to construct the can.

20. We want to construct a cylindrical can whose volume is 105 mm3 . The material for the wall of
the can costs $3/mm2 , the material for the bottom of the can costs $7/mm2 and the material
for the top of the can costs $2/mm2 . Determine the dimensions of the can that will minimize
the cost of the materials needed to construct the can.

21. We have a piece of cardboard that is 30 cm by 16 cm and we are going to cut out the corners
and fold up the sides to form a box. Determine the height of the box that will give a maximum
volume.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 111 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.8 : Optimization

22. We have a piece of cardboard that is 5 in by 20 in and we are going to cut out the corners
and fold up the sides to form a box. Determine the height of the box that will give a maximum
volume.

23. A printer needs to make a poster that will have a total of 500 cm2 that will have 3 cm margins
on the sides and 2 cm margins on the top and bottom. What dimensions of the poster will
give the largest printed area?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 112 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.8 : Optimization

24. A printer needs to make a poster that will have a total of 125 in2 that will have ½ inch margin
on the bottom, 1 inch margin on the right, 2 inch margin on the left and 4 inch margin on the
top. What dimensions of the poster will give the largest printed area?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 113 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.9 : More Optimization

4.9 More Optimization

1. We want to construct a window whose bottom is a rectangle and the top of the window is an
equilateral triangle. If we have 75 inches of framing material what are the dimensions of the
window that will let in the most light?

2. We want to construct a window whose middle is a rectangle and the top and bottom of the
window are equilateral triangles. If we have 4 feet of framing material what are the dimensions
of the window that will let in the most light?

3. We want to construct a window whose middle is a rectangle, the top of the window is a
semicircle and the bottom of the window is an equilateral triangle. If we have 1500 cm of
framing material what are the dimensions of the window that will let in the most light?

4. Determine the area of the largest rectangle that can be inscribed in a circle of radius 5.

5. Determine the area of the largest rectangle whose base is on the x-axis and the top two
corners lie on semicircle of radius 16.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 114 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.9 : More Optimization

6. Determine the area of the largest rectangle whose base is on the x-axis and the top two
corners lie y = 4 − x2 .

x2 y2
7. Find the point(s) on + = 1 that are closest to (0, 1).
4 36
8. Find the point(s) on x = y 2 − 8 that are closest to (5, 0).

9. Find the point(s) on y = 2 − x2 that are closest to (0, −3).

10. A 6 ft piece of wire is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent into an equilateral triangle and the
other will be bent into a rectangle with one side twice the length of the other side. Determine
where, if anywhere, the wire should be cut to minimize the area enclosed by the two figures.

11. A 250 cm piece of wire is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent into an equilateral triangle
and the other will be bent into circle. Determine where, if anywhere, the wire should be cut
to maximize the area enclosed by the two figures.

12. A 250 cm piece of wire is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent into an equilateral triangle
and the other will be bent into circle. Determine where, if anywhere, the wire should be cut
to minimize the area enclosed by the two figures.

13. A 4 m piece of wire is cut into two pieces. One piece is bent into a circle and the other will be
bent into a rectangle with one side three times the length of the other side. Determine where,
if anywhere, the wire should be cut to maximize the area enclosed by the two figures.

14. A line through the point (−4, 1) forms a right triangle with the x-axis and y-axis in the 2nd
quadrant. Determine the equation of the line that will minimize the area of this triangle.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 115 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.9 : More Optimization

15. A line through the point (3, 3) forms a right triangle with the x-axis and y-axis in the 1st quad-
rant. Determine the equation of the line that will minimize the area of this triangle.

16. A piece of pipe is being carried down a hallway that is 14 feet wide. At the end of the hallway
there is a right-angled turn and the hallway narrows down to 6 feet wide. What is the longest
pipe (always keeping it horizontal) that can be carried around the turn in the hallway?

17. A piece of pipe is being carried down a hallway that is 9 feet wide. At the end of the hallway
there is a right-angled turn and the hallway widens up to 21 feet wide. What is the longest
pipe (always keeping it horizontal) that can be carried around the turn in the hallway?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 116 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.9 : More Optimization

18. Two poles, one 15 meters tall and one 10 meters tall, are 40 meters apart. A length of wire is
attached to the top of each pole and it is staked to the ground somewhere between the two
poles. Where should the wire be staked so that the minimum amount of wire is used?

19. Two poles, one 2 feet tall and one 5 feet tall, are 3 feet apart. A length of wire is attached to
the top of each pole and it is staked to the ground somewhere between the two poles. Where
should the wire be staked so that the minimum amount of wire is used?

20. Two poles, one 15 meters tall and one 10 meters tall, are 40 meters apart. A length of wire is
attached to the top of each pole and it is staked to the ground somewhere between the two
poles. Where should the wire be staked so that the angle formed by the two pieces of wire
at the stake is a maximum?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 117 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.9 : More Optimization

21. Two poles, one 34 inches tall and one 17 inches tall, are 3 feet apart. A length of wire is
attached to the top of each pole and it is staked to the ground somewhere between the two
poles. Where should the wire be staked so that the angle formed by the two pieces of wire
at the stake is a maximum?

22. A trough for holding water is to be formed as shown in the figure below. Determine the angle
θ that will maximize the amount of water that the trough can hold.

23. A trough for holding water is to be formed as shown in the figure below. Determine the angle
θ that will maximize the amount of water that the trough can hold.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 118 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.10 : L’Hospital’s Rule

4.10 L’Hospital’s Rule and Indeterminate Forms

For problems 1 - 18 use L’Hospital’s Rule to evaluate the given limit.

x3 + 6x2 − 32
1. lim
x→−4 x3 + 5x2 + 4x

e−6w
2. lim
w→ −∞ 4 + e−3w

sin (6t)
3. lim
t→0 sin (11t)

x2 + 8x − 9
4. lim
x→1 x3 − 2x2 − 5x + 6

t3 − 7t2 + 16t − 12
5. lim
t→2 t4 − 4t3 + 4t2
w2 − 4w + 1
6. lim
w→−∞ 3w 2 + 7w − 4

y 2 − e6 y
7. lim
y→∞ 4y 2 + e7 y

2 cos (4x) − 4x2 − 2

8. lim
x→0 sin (2x) − x2 − 2x

3e2 x+6 + x2 − 12
9. lim
x→ −3 x3 + 6x2 + 9x

sin (πz)
10. lim
z→6 ln (z − 5)
  
2
11. lim w ln 1 −
w→∞ 3w

12. lim [ln (t) sin (t)]

t→0+

13. lim z 2 ez
z→−∞
  
7
14. lim x sin
x→∞ x
h i
15. lim z 2 (ln z)2
z→0+

1/
16. lim x x
x→0+

1 /
17. lim et + t t

t→0+

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 119 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.10 : L’Hospital’s Rule

1 /
18. lim e−2x + 3x x

x→∞

19. Suppose that we know that f 0 (x) is a continuous function. Use L’Hospital’s Rule to show
that,

f (x + h) − f (x − h)
lim = f 0 (x)
h→0 2h

20. Suppose that we know that f 00 (x) is a continuous function. Use L’Hospital’s Rule to show
that,

f (x + h) − 2f (x) + f (x − h)
lim = f 00 (x)
h→0 h2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 120 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.11 : Linear Approximations

4.11 Linear Approximations

For problems 1 - 4 find a linear approximation to the function at the given point.

1. f (x) = cos (2x) at x = π

2. h (z) = ln z 2 + 5 at z = 2

3. g (x) = 2 − 9x − 3x2 − x3 at x = −1

4. g (t) = esin(t) at t = −4

5. Find the linear approximation to h (y) = sin (y + 1) at y = 0. Use the linear approximation to
approximate the value of sin (2) and sin (15). Compare the approximated values to the exact
values.
√
6. Find the linear approximation to R (t) = 5 t at t = 32. Use the linear approximation to
√ √
approximate the value of 5 31 and 5 3. Compare the approximated values to the exact values.

7. Find the linear approximation to h (x) = e1−x at x = 1. Use the linear approximation to
approximate the value of e and e−4 . Compare the approximated values to the exact values.

For problems 8 - 10 estimate the given value using a linear approximation and without using any
kind of computational aid.

8. ln (1.1)
√
9. 8.9

10. sec (0.1)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 121 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.12 : Differentials

4.12 Differentials

For problems 1 - 5 compute the differential of the given function.

1. f (x) = 3x6 − 8x3 + x2 − 9x − 4

2. u = t2 cos (2t)

3. y = ecos(z)

4. g (z) = sin (3z) − cos (1 − z)

√
4
5. R (x) = 6x + e−x

6. Compute dy and ∆y for y = sin (x) as x changes from 6 radians to 6.05 radians.

7. Compute dy and ∆y for y = ln x2 + 1 as x changes from -2 to -2.1.

1
8. Compute dy and ∆y for y = as x changes from 3 to 3.02.
x−2
1
9. Compute dy and ∆y for y = x e 4 x as x changes from -10 to -9.99.

10. The sides of a cube are found to be 6 feet in length with a possible error of no more than
1.5 inches. What is the maximum possible error in the surface area of the cube if we use this
value of the length of the side to compute the surface area?

11. The radius of a circle is found to be 7 cm in length with a possible error of no more than
0.04 cm. What is the maximum possible error in the area of the circle if we use this value of
the radius to compute the area?

12. The radius of a sphere is found to be 22 cm in length with a possible error of no more than
0.07 cm. What is the maximum possible error in the volume of the sphere if we use this value
of the radius to compute the volume?

13. The radius of a sphere is found to be ½ foot in length with a possible error of no more than
0.03 inches. What is the maximum possible error in the surface area of the sphere if we use
this value of the radius to compute the surface area?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 122 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.13 : Newton’s Method

4.13 Newton’s Method

For problems 1 - 3 use Newton’s Method to determine x 2 for the given function and given value of
x 0.

1. f (x) = 7x3 − 8x + 4, x 0 = −1

2. f (x) = cos (3x) − sin (x), x 0 = 0

3. f (x) = 7 − e2x−3 , x0 = 5

For problems 4 - 8 use Newton’s Method to find the root of the given equation, accurate to six
decimal places, that lies in the given interval.

4. x5 = 6 in [1, 2]

5. 2x3 − 9x2 + 17x + 20 = 0 in [−1, 1]

6. 3 − 12x − 4x3 − 3x4 = 0 in [−3, −1]

7. ex = 4 cos (x) in [−1, 1]

2
8. x2 = e2−x in [0, 2]

For problems 9 - 12 use Newton’s Method to find all the roots of the given equation accurate to six
decimal places.

9. 2x3 + 5x2 − 10x − 4 = 0

10. x4 + 4x3 − 54x2 − 92x + 105 = 0

3 2
11. − e−x = cos (x)
2
12. ln (x) = 2 cos (x)

13. Suppose that we want to find the root to x3 − 7x2 + 8x − 3 = 0. Is it possible to use x 0 = 4 as
the initial point? What can you conclude about using Newton’s Method to approximate roots
from this example?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 123 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.13 : Newton’s Method

14. Use the function f (x) = cos2 (x) − sin (x) for this problem.
(a) Plot the function on the interval [0, 9].

(b) Use x 0 = 4 to find one of the roots of this function to six decimal places. Did you get
the root you expected to?

(c) Use x 0 = 5 to find one of the roots of this function to six decimal places. Did you get
the root you expected to?

(d) Use x 0 = 6 to find one of the roots of this function to six decimal places. Did you get
the root you expected to?

(e) What can you conclude about choosing values of x 0 to find roots of equations using
Newton’s Method.

15. Use x 0 = 0 to find one of the roots of 2x5 − 7x3 + 3x − 1 = 0 accurate to six decimal places.
Did we choose a good value of x 0 for this problem?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 124 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.14 : Business Applications

4.14 Business Applications

1. A company can produce a maximum of 2500 widgets in a year. If they sell x widgets during
the year then their profit, in dollars, is given by,
1
P (x) = 500, 000, 000 − 1, 540, 000x + 1450x2 − x3
3
How many widgets should they try to sell in order to maximize their profit?

2. A company can produce a maximum of 25 widgets in a day. If they sell x widgets during the
day then their profit, in dollars, is given by,
1
P (x) = 3000 − 40x + 11x2 − x3
3
How many widgets should they try to sell in order to maximize their profit?

3. A management company is going to build a new apartment complex. They know that if the
complex contains x apartments the maintenance costs for the building, landscaping etc. will
be,
2736 211 2 1 3
C (x) = 70, 000 + x− x + x
5 50 150
The land they have purchased can hold a complex of at most 400 apartments. How many
apartments should the complex have in order to minimize the maintenance costs?

4. The production costs of producing x widgets is given by,

90, 000
C (x) = 2000 + 4x +
x
If the company can produce at most 200 widgets how many should they produce to minimize
the production costs?

5. The production costs, in dollars, per day of producing x widgets is given by,

C (x) = 400 − 3x + 2x2 + 0.002x3

What is the marginal cost when x = 20 and x = 75? What do your answers tell you about
the production costs?

6. The production costs, in dollars, per month of producing x widgets is given by,
8, 000, 000
C (x) = 10, 000 + 14x −
x2
What is the marginal cost when x = 80 and x = 150? What do your answers tell you about
the production costs?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 125 –

Chapter 4 : Derivative Applications Section 4.14 : Business Applications

7. The production costs, in dollars, per week of producing x widgets is given by,

C (x) = 65, 000 + 4x + 0.2x2 − 0.00002x3

and the demand function for the widgets is given by,

p (x) = 5000 − 0.5x

What is the marginal cost, marginal revenue and marginal profit when x = 2000 and
x = 4800? What do these numbers tell you about the cost, revenue and profit?

8. The production costs, in dollars, per week of producing x widgets is given by,
56, 000
C (x) = 800 + 0.008x2 +
x
and the demand function for the widgets is given by,

p (x) = 350 − 0.05x − 0.001x2

What is the marginal cost, marginal revenue and marginal profit when x = 175 and x = 325?
What do these numbers tell you about the cost, revenue and profit?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 126 –

5 Integrals

In this chapter we will be looking at the third and final major topic that will be covered in this
class, integrals. As with derivatives this chapter will be devoted almost exclusively to finding and
computing integrals. Applications will be given in the following chapter. There are really two types
of integrals that we’ll be looking at in this chapter : Indefinite Integrals and Definite Integrals. The
first half of this chapter is devoted to indefinite integrals and the last half is devoted to definite
integrals.
As we investigate indefinite integrals we will see that as long as we understand basic differentiation
we shouldn’t have a lot of problems with basic indefinite integrals. The reason for this is that
indefinite integration is basically “undoing” differentiation. In fact, indefinite integrals are sometimes
called anti-derivatives to make this idea clear. Having said that however we will be using the phrase
indefinite integral instead of anti-derivative as that is the more common phrase used.
We will also spend a fair amount of time learning the substitution rule for integrals. We will see that
it is really just “undoing” the chain rule and so, again, if you understand the chain rule it will help
when using the substitution rule. In addition, as we’ll see as we go through the rest of the calculus
course the substitution rule will come up time and again and so it is very important to make sure
that we have that down so we don’t have issues with it in later topics.
As we move over to investigating definite integrals we will quickly realize just how important it is to
be able to do indefinite integrals. As we will see we will not be able to compute definite integrals
unless we can fist compute indefinite integrals.
We will also take a look at an important interpretation of definite integrals. Namely, a definite
integral can be interpreted as the net area between the graph of the function and the x-axis.
The following sections are the assignment problems (no solutions available) for this material.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

127
Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.1 : Indefinite Integrals

5.1 Indefinite Integrals

1. Evaluate each of the following indefinite integrals.

Z
(a) 10x9 − 12x3 − 5 dx

Z
(b) 10x9 − 12x3 dx − 5

2. Evaluate each of the following indefinite integrals.

Z
(a) t7 + 33t2 + 8t dt

Z
(b) t7 dt + 33t2 + 8t

3. Evaluate each of the following indefinite integrals.

Z
(a) 6x5 − 7x3 + 12x2 − 10 dx

Z
(b) 6x5 − 7x3 dx + 12x2 − 10

Z
(c) 6x5 dx − 7x3 + 12x2 − 10

4. Evaluate each of the following indefinite integrals.

Z
(a) 21x6 − 9x5 − x3 − x dx

Z
(b) 21x6 − 9x5 − x3 dx − x

Z
(c) 21x6 − 9x5 dx − x3 − x

For problems 5 - 9 evaluate the indefinite integral.

Z
5. 8t5 − 15t2 − 1 dt
Z
6. 120y 9 − 24y 5 − 4y 3 dy
Z
7. dw

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 128 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.1 : Indefinite Integrals

Z
8. x9 + 14x6 − 10x3 + 13x dx
Z
9. 8x6 − x4 − 7x2 + 11x − 12 dx

10. Determine f (x) given that f 0 (x) = 16x4 − 9x2 − x.

11. Determine g (t) given that g 0 (t) = 4t5 + 16t2 − 18t + 72.

12. Determine R (z) given that R0 (z) = 4z 15 + 121z 10 + 20z 5 + z − 4.

13. Determine f (x) given that f 00 (x) = 8x3 − 12x + 3.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 129 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.2 : Computing Indefinite Integrals

5.2 Computing Indefinite Integrals

For problems 1 - 43 evaluate the given integral.

Z
1. 7x5 − 5x4 + 6x2 − 14x + 3 dx
Z
2. t4 − 9t3 + 12t2 − 7t dt
Z
3. 4 − 18w11 − 9w9 + 8w7 + 2w5 dw
Z
4. x9 − 6x4 − 21x2 − 1 + 9x dx
Z
5. −7 dz
Z
6. 4 dw
Z
7. 10z −6 + 8z −5 − z −2 + 1 dz
Z
8. y −16 + 24y −12 − 14y −8 − 2y −4 dy
Z
9. 2x−9 + 12x−5 + 7x−3 − x−2 dx
Z
10. 5z −4 + 5z 4 − 9dz
Z
11. 6t3 + 8t−6 + t−10 dt
Z
12. x−3 + 9x2 + 11x8 − 7x−12 dx
Z √ √
7 3
13. w2 + 3 − 9 w7 dw
Z √ √
14. w5 + w5 − 5
w dw
Z √
3 √
15. 6 v2 − 7 4
v dv
Z
6 1 1
16. 3
− 6 + 2 dy
y 7y y

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 130 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.2 : Computing Indefinite Integrals

Z
1 1
17. 8 + u5 − 5
+ 5 du
u 6u
Z
12 1 6
18. 5
+ 8 + 2 dx
x 4x 7x
Z √
3 1
19. t5 − √ + t4 dt
t9
Z
2 1
20. − √ + 9 dz
z6 5 7 z8
Z
1 √
21. x3 + − x3 dx
x3
Z
x6 1 − 4x2 + x3 dx


22.
Z
23. (6 − 2u)2 du
Z
2 − (3 + y) 4 − y 3 dy


24.

√ √ √
Z
3 4


25. w w− w dw

Z 
1 √
3

2 2
26. 3v v − 2 + v dv
6v

8x5 − 2x3 + 7
Z
27. dx
x2

9 − z + 2z 4 + 10z 6
Z
28. dz
z4
Z √ √
2 t − 4t + 3 t
29. dt
t2

(1 − x) (2 + x)
Z
30. dx
x
Z
31. 6 sin (t) − 2 cos (t) dt
Z
32. sec2 (u) + 7 sec (u) tan (u) du
Z
33. csc2 (y) − sec2 (y) dy
Z
34. 8 cos (z) − 3 csc (z) cot (z) dz

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 131 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.2 : Computing Indefinite Integrals

Z
35. tan (x) [cot (x) − cos (x)] dx

cos3 (v) + sin (v)

Z
36. dv
cos2 (v)
Z
37. w2 + 2ew dw
Z
2
38. et + dt
t
Z
14 3
39. − 2 dx
x x
Z
e−u e2u + eu du


40.
Z
1 1 1
41. + −z + 8 dz
7z e 4z
Z
6
42. 1 + w2 − dw
1 + w2
Z
5 1
43. 2
+ √ dt
1+t 10 1 − t2

44. Determine f (x) given that f 0 (x) = 12x5 + 30x2 and f (4) = −23.

45. Determine h (z) given that h0 (z) = 12z 3 − 14z 2 + 10 and h (−1) = 8.
1 1 1 3
46. Determine g (v) given that g 0 (v) = v − 2 − v − 4 and g (16) = 1.
2 4
47. Determine P (t) given that P 0 (t) = 6et − 4 − 10t and P (0) = −6.

48. Determine g (x) given that g 00 (x) = 12x2 − 30x + 4, g (−1) = 7 and g (2) = 3.

49. Determine f (u) given that f 00 (u) = 60u4 − 60u2 , f (−1) = 14 and f 0 (1) = 6.

50. Determine h (t) given that h00 (t) = 6t − 14 + 9et , h (0) = 4 and h (3) = 9e3 + 8.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 132 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.3 : Substitution Rule for Indefinite Integrals

5.3 Substitution Rule for Indefinite Integrals

For problems 1 - 31 evaluate the given integral.

Z

9
1. 12v 7 + 6v 2 dv
Z

−3
4x3 − 12x x4 − 6x2


2. dx
Z

4
z 2 − 4 12z − z 3 dz


3.
Z

−5
4. 7z 2 14 + 8z 3 dz
Z

6
3 y 6 − 4y −3 y 7 + 14y −2 − 7


5. dy

Z  p
1 3
6. x −1 8x − x4 dx
2
Z

p
6w−4 + 12w−7
4
7. w−3 + w−6 dw
Z
8. cos (7t) dt
Z
v − 2v 3 cos v 2 − v 4 dv



9.
Z
√  √ 
10. z sin 1 + z 3 dz
Z
11. csc2 (1 + 2x) dx
Z
7w−5 sec w−4 tan w−4 dw



12.
Z
3
2 − t2 e6t−t dt


13.
Z
−1
14. 12z −2 e4+z dz
Z
1
15. dw
4 − 9w
Z
9y
16. dy
y2 + 3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 133 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.3 : Substitution Rule for Indefinite Integrals

6x2 − 10x4
Z
17. dx
x5 − x3
Z
1
18. sin (1 − ln (t)) dt
t
Z p
5
19. [6v − 18 sin (6v)] v 2 + cos (6v) dv
Z
e−3z sec e−3z tan e−3z dz



20.
Z
21. (cos (x) + sin (x)) esin(x)−cos(x) dx

4
ln w2
Z 
22. dw
w
Z
23. cos (v) cos (1 + sin (v)) dv

Z
y + sin (2y)
24. dy
y 2 − cos (2y)
Z
25. sec7 (t) tan (t) dt
Z
26. ez sec2 (ez ) [1 + tan (ez )]−3 dz
Z
7
27. dx
1 + 5x2
Z
2
28. dt
3 + 4t2
Z
1
29. p dy
16 − y 2
Z
3
30. √ dv
7 − 4v 2
Z
x
31. dx
1 + x4

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 134 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.3 : Substitution Rule for Indefinite Integrals

32. Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
1
(a) dx
3+x
Z
x
(b) dx
3 + x2
Z
x
(c) dx
(3 + x2 )7
Z
1
(d) dx
3 + x2
33. Evaluate each of the following integrals.
Z
4w
(a) dw
25 + 9w2
Z
4w
(b) dw
(25 + 9w2 )3
Z
4
(c) dw
25 + 9w2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 135 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.4 : More Substitution Rule

5.4 More Substitution Rule

Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z p
3x cos 4 − x2 − 8x 4 − x2 dx


1.
Z
4 13
2. 5 + 9 + 6t dt
(9 + 6t)
Z
2
(6 − 5w) e12w−5w + (20w − 24) sec2 12w − 5w2 dw


3.

p
sin (1 + ln (2x)) − 1 + ln (2x)
Z
4. dx
x
Z
5. 17 (xex + ex ) sin (xex ) − 14 sin (x) dx
Z
1
6. + sec (9t) tan (9t) esec(9t) dt
3t
Z
sin (w) + cos (w)
7. 8w2 + dw
sin (w) − cos (w)
√
Z
8 + 3 + x6 cos 21x + x7 + 9x2 − 4 x dx



8.
Z q
9. sin (y) cos (y) 3 + sin2 (y) + 5ey dy
Z
10. sin (2 − t) + 8 cos (5t) − e3t dt

4x2 − 1
Z
2
11. √
4
+ 9xex dx
6x − 8x3
√
Z
12. z3 + 4 − 3z − 4 sec (8z) tan (8z) dz
Z
17
13. + sin (w) sin [1 + cos (w)] dw
6−w
Z p
1 + 2 ln (7x) 10x3
14. + 4 dx
x x +9
Z
x sin x2 cos4 x2 + 8 cos2 x2 − 10 dx




15.

Z          
t t 6 t 4 t t
16. csc cot csc + 3 csc − 8 csc dt
2 2 2 2 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 136 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.4 : More Substitution Rule

Z
3 + 7y
17. dy
y2 + 3
Z
15z + 27
18. dz
100z 2 + 11
Z
8x + 1
19. √ dx
16 − x2
2−w
Z
20. √ dw
25 − 2w2

9z 5
Z
21. dz
2 + 3z 3
Z p
22. 4t15 1 − t8 dt
Z
23. cot (x) dx
Z
24. csc (x) dx
Z
x
25. dx
1 + x4
Z

−3
26. e8t 4 + e4t dt
Z p
27. x8 2 − x3 dx

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 137 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.5 : Area Problem

5.5 Area Problem

For problems 1 - 5 estimate the area of the region between the function and the x-axis on the given
interval using n = 6 and using,
(a) the right end points of the subintervals for the height of the rectangles,

(b) the left end points of the subintervals for the height of the rectangles and,

(c) the midpoints of the subintervals for the height of the rectangles.

1. f (x) = 15 + 4x − x3 on [1, 3]

2. g (x) = −3x2 + 2x − 1 on [−4, 0]

3. h (x) = 8 ln (x) − x on [2, 6]

x
4. f (x) = sin2 on [0, 3]
2
5. g (x) = sin (x) cos (x) − 1 on [−2, 1]

For problems 6 - 8 estimate the net area between the function and the x-axis on the given interval
using n = 8 and the midpoints of the subintervals for the height of the rectangles. Without looking
at a graph of the function on the interval does it appear that more of the area is above or below the
x-axis?
√
6. h (x) = 8x − x + 4 on [−3, 2]

7. g (x) = 5 + x − x2 on [0, 4]
2
8. f (x) = xe−x on [−1, 1]

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 138 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.6 : Definition of the Definite Integral

5.6 Definition of the Definite Integral

For problems 1 - 4 use the definition of the definite integral to evaluate the integral. Use the right
end point of each interval for x∗i .
Z 1
1. 7 − 4x dx
−2
Z 2
2. 3x2 + 4x dx
0
Z 1
3. (x − 3)2 dx
−1
Z 3
4. 8x3 + 3x − 2 dx
0
Z −123
5. Evaluate : cos6 (2x) − sin8 (4x) dx
−123

Z 5
For problems 6 - 8 determine the value of the given integral given that f (x) dx = 1 and
Z 5 −2

g (x) dx = 8.
−2

Z 5
6. −3g (x) dx
−2
Z 5
1
7. 7f (x) − g (x) dx
−2 4
Z −2
8. 12g (x) − 3f (x) dx
5
Z −1 Z 7 Z −1
9. Determine the value of f (x) dx given that f (x) dx = −9 and f (x) dx = −12.
7 13 13
Z 6 Z 5 Z 6
10. Determine the value of 4f (x) dx given that f (x) dx = 10 and f (x) dx = 3.
0 0 5
Z 10 Z 4 Z 7
11. Determine the value of f (x) dx given that f (x) dx = −1, f (x) dx = 3 and
Z 7 2 2 4

f (x) dx = −8.
10

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 139 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.6 : Definition of the Definite Integral

Z −1 Z −5 Z 2
12. Determine the value of f (x) dx given that f (x) dx = 56, f (x) dx = −90 and
Z 7 −5 2 7

f (x) dx = 45.
−1

For problems 13 - 17 sketch the graph of the integrand and use the area interpretation of the
definite integral to determine the value of the integral.
Z 1
13. 12 − 5x dx
−2
Z 4p
14. 16 − x2 dx
0
Z 3 p
15. 5− 9 − x2 dx
−3
Z 3
16. 8x − 3 dx
−1
Z 6
17. |x − 3| dx
1

For problems 18 - 23 differentiate each of the following integrals with respect to x.

Z x
18. ecos(t) dt
−8

Z x2 p
19. cos (t) + 3 dt
2
Z e3x
1
20. dt
0 t4 + t2 + 1
8
et
Z
21. dt
sin(9x) 7t
Z x
22. cos4 (t) − sin2 (t) dt
x3
Z tan(x)
cos (t) + 2
23. dt
9x sin (t) + 4
Z x
2
et dt
24. Evaluate the limit : lim 0
x→0 x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 140 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.7 : Computing Definite Integrals

5.7 Computing Definite Integrals

1. Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
4
(a) 3z 2 − 4 + 2 dz
z
Z 4
4
(b) 3z 2 − 4 + dz
1 z2
Z 1
4
(c) 3z 2 − 4 + dz
−2 z2

2. Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
1
(a) 6x + dx
3x
Z 7
1
(b) 6x + dx
0 3x
Z 7
1
(c) 6x + dx
3 3x

3. Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
(a) sin (y) + sec2 (y) dy

Z π
4
(b) sin (y) + sec2 (y) dy
0

Z 2π
3
(c) sin (y) + sec2 (y) dy
0

Evaluate each of the following integrals, if possible. If it is not possible clearly explain why it is not
possible to evaluate the integral.
Z 3
4. 10t − 6t2 + 9 dt
0
Z 4
5. 24z 2 + 5z 4 dz
−1
Z 0
6. 9w − 3w2 + 4w3 dw
1
Z −1
7. 15t2 − 10t − 2dt
−3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 141 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.7 : Computing Definite Integrals

Z 4
8. v 3 − 7v 2 + 3v dv
−2
Z 16 √ √
9. 9 x + 10 4 x dx
0
Z 2 √ √
3 5
10. 8 z − 12 z dz
−1
Z 4p
1
11. y5 − √
3 y
dy
1
Z 4
6 1
12. 3
− 2 dx
1 x 3x
Z −3
4
13. 8w3 − 25w4 + dw
6 3w5
Z −3
4 6
14. 2
− 3 dz
−1 3z z
Z 6
(3 − t) 2t2 + 3 dt


15.
0
Z 1√
x x − 2x2 + 1 dx


16.
4

5
6z 5 − 8z 4 + 2z 2
Z
17. dz
2 z4
−4
9x4 − 8x3 + x
Z
18. dx
−2 3x2
2
7v 10 + 4v 6 − 3v 2
Z
19. dv
−8 v5
2
(y − 2) (y + 2)
Z
20. dy
1 y2
Z π
4
21. 8 sec2 (t) + 2 sec (t) tan (t) dt
0
Z π
6
22. 3 cos (w) + sin (w) dw
π
− 3

Z π
4
23. 12 sec2 (y) − 9 csc2 (y) dy
π
− 4

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 142 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.7 : Computing Definite Integrals

Z π
4
24. 3 sin (v) + 8 csc (v) cot (v) dv
2π
3

Z 1
25. 4x − 7ex dx
−3

1
4e2w + 4w ew
Z
26. dw
−2 ew
Z 1
2 3 7
27. √ + 2 dx
0 1−x 2 x +1
Z 3
1
28. 5 sin (t) + √ dt
−2 1 − t2
Z 10
4 1
29. + 2 dz
6 z 2z
Z 6
3
30. 2x3 + dx
1 8x
(
−1
9 + 6t2 t > −3
Z
31. f (t) dt where f (t) =
−4 8t t ≤ −3
(
4
9 − 2ex x > 0
Z
32. g (x) dx where g (x) =
−2 8 sin (x) x ≤ 0
(
Z 9
4 w>6
33. h (w) dw where h (w) =
4 3w + 1 w ≤ 6

Z 7 9x2 
x>5
34. f (x) dx where f (x) = −7 1<x≤5
−1 
 3 − 8x x≤1
Z 1
35. |8 + 4x| dx
−3
Z 8
36. |3v − 12| dv
2
Z 6
37. |10 − 2z| dz
0
Z 6 2 
38. t − 4 dt
−3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 143 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.8 : Substitution Rule for Definite Integrals

5.8 Substitution Rule for Definite Integrals

Evaluate each of the following integrals, if possible. If it is not possible clearly explain why it is not
possible to evaluate the integral.
Z 3
4
1. dx
−2 (5 + 2x)3
Z 0
p
4
2. 10 1 − 2w2 7 − 3w + 2w3 dw
1
Z 4
2 −4t
3. (t − 2) et dt
−1
Z 6  πz    πz 5
4. 7 cos 4 + sin dz
1 2 2
1
w3
Z
5. dw
0 6w4 + 3
Z 1
3
x2 cos x3 + 2 − x2 ex +2 dx


6.
−1
Z π
3 4 sin (3t) 7 sin (3t)
7. + dt
0 2 + cos (3t) (2 + cos (3t))2
Z π p
8. sec2 (y) 2 + tan (y) dy
0
Z 9√ √
sin ( x)
9. x5 + √ dx
1 x
Z 1
2
10. sec2 (w) − dw
0 4w2 +1
Z 0 p
11. e−4t 2 + e−4t + 8et dt
3

7
9ex [ln (2x)]2
Z
12. + dx
3 ex + 4 x
Z π v  h v   v i
2 4
13. sin 6 + 3cos − 4cos dv
0 2 2 2
Z 2
2
14. e−t + 3te5−t dt
1

6
8t3
Z
7t
15. 4
− 2 dt
0 2t + 1 t − 9

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 144 –

Chapter 5 : Integrals Section 5.8 : Substitution Rule for Definite Integrals

Z 6p
4
16. 1 + 2y + (4 − y) y 2 − 8y + 5 dy
2
Z 1
e2z sin e2z − 1 + sin (z) e2−cos(z) dz


17.
0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 145 –

6 Applications of Integrals

The previous chapter dealt exclusively with the computation of definite and indefinite integrals as
well as some discussion of their properties and interpretations. It is now time to start looking at
some applications of integrals. Note as well that we should probably say applications of definite
integrals as that is really what we’ll be looking at in this section.
In addition, we should note that there are a lot of different applications of (definite) integrals out
there. We will look at the ones that can easily be done with the knowledge we have at our disposal
at this point. Once we have covered the next chapter, Integration Techniques, we will be able to
take a look at a few more applications of integrals. At this point we would not be able to compute
many of the integrals that arise in those later applications.
In this chapter we’ll take a look at using integrals to compute the average value of a function and the
work required to move an object over a given distance. In addition we will take a look at a couple
of geometric applications of integrals. In particular we will use integrals to compute the area that
is between two curves and note that this application should not be too surprising given one of the
major interpretations of the definite integral. We will also see how to compute the volume of some
solids. We will compute the volume of solids of revolution, i.e. a solid obtained by rotating a curve
about a given axis. In addition, we will compute the volume of some slightly more general solids in
which the cross sections can be easily described with nice 2D geometric formulas (i.e. rectangles,
triangles, circles, etc.).
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

146
Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.1 : Average Function Value

6.1 Average Function Value

For problems 1 - 4 determine favg for the function on the given interval.

1. f (x) = 8x4 − 7x3 + 2 on [−2, 1]

2 −8x
2. f (x) = (4 − x) ex on [1, 4]
4x
3. f (x) = 6x − x2 +1
on [−3, 0]

4. f (x) = cos (3x) [2 + sin (3x)]4 on 0, π6

 

For problems 5 - 8 find favg for the function on the given interval and determine the value of c in
the given interval for which f (c) = favg .

5. f (x) = 10 − 4x − 6x2 on [2, 6]

6. f (x) = 7x2 + 2x − 3 on [−1, 1]

7. f (x) = 9 − 2e4x+1 on [−1, 2]

x


8. f (x) = 8 − cos 4 on [0, 4π]

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 147 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.2 : Area Between Curves

6.2 Area Between Curves

1. Determine the area below f (x) = 8x − 2x2 and above the x-axis.

2. Determine the area above f (x) = 3x2 + 6x − 9 and below the x-axis.

3. Determine the area to the right of g (y) = y 2 + 4y − 5 and to the left of the y-axis.

4. Determine the area to the left of g (y) = −4y 2 + 24y − 20 and to the right of the y-axis.

5. Determine the area below f (x) = 10 − 2x2 and above the line y = 3.

6. Determine the area above f (x) = x2 + 2x + 3 and below the line y = 11.

7. Determine the area to the right of g (y) = y 2 + 2y − 4 and to the left of the line x = −1.

8. Determine the area to the left of g (y) = 2 + 4y − y 2 and to the right of the line x = −1.

For problems 9 - 26 determine the area of the region bounded by the given set of curves.

9. y = x3 + 2, y = 1 and x = 2.

10. y = x2 − 6x + 10 and y = 5.

11. y = x2 − 6x + 10, x = 1, x = 5 and the x-axis.

12. x = y 2 + 2y + 4 and x = 4.
√
13. y = 5 − x, x = 1, x = 4 and the x-axis.

14. x = ey , x = 1, y = 1 and y = 2.

15. x = 4y − y 2 and the y-axis.

16. y = x2 + 2x + 4, y = 3x + 6, x = −3 and x = 3.

17. x = 6y − y 2 , x = 2y, y = −2 and y = 5.

18. y = x2 + 8, y = 3x2 , x = −3 and x = 4.

19. x = y 2 , x = y 3 and y = 2.
7 1
20. y = , y = − 3, x = −1 and x = −4.
x x
21. y = 2x2 + 1, y = 7 − x, x = 4 and the y-axis.
 
1
22. y = sin x , y = 3 + cos (2x), x = 0 and x = π4 .
2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 148 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.2 : Area Between Curves

√
23. x = 2y + 6, x = y − 1, y = 1 and y = 6.

24. y = 2 − e2−x , y = x2 − 4x + 7, x = 3 and the y-axis. Note : These functions do not intersect.

25. y = e2x−1 , y = e5−x , x = 0 and x = 3.

26. x = cos (πy), x = 3, y = 0 and y = 4.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 149 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.3 : Volume with Rings

6.3 Solids of Revolution / Method of Rings

For problems 1 - 16 use the method disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by
rotating the region bounded by the given curves about the given axis.

1. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , y = 8 and the y-axis about the y-axis.

2. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , y = 8 and the y-axis about the x-axis.

3. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , x = 2 and the x-axis about the x-axis.

4. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , x = 2 and the x-axis about the y-axis.

5. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , x = 8 and the x-axis about the x-axis.

6. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , x = 8 and the x-axis about the y-axis.

7. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , y = 2 and the y-axis about the x-axis.

8. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , y = 2 and the y-axis about the y-axis.

1 1
9. Rotate the region bounded by y = x2
, y = 9, x = −2, x = − about the y-axis.
3

1 1
10. Rotate the region bounded by y = x2
, y = 9, x = −2, x = − about the x-axis.
3
1
11. Rotate the region bounded by y = 4 + 3e−x , y = 2, x = and x = 3 about the x-axis.
2
12. Rotate the region bounded by x = 5 − y 2 and x = 4 about the y-axis.

13. Rotate the region bounded by y = 6 − 2x, y = 3 + x and x = 3 about the x-axis.

14. Rotate the region bounded by y = 6 − 2x, y = 3 + x and y = 6 about the y-axis.

15. Rotate the region bounded by y = x2 − 2x + 4 and y = x + 14 about the x-axis.

16. Rotate the region bounded by x = (y − 3)2 and x = 16 about the y-axis.

17. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by y = 2x2 , y = 8 and the y-axis about the
(a) line x = 3 (b) line x = −2 (c) line y = 11 (d) line y = −4

18. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by x = y 2 − 6y + 9 and x = −y 2 + 6y − 1 about the
(a) line x = 10 (b) line x = −3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 150 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.3 : Volume with Rings

19. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
triangle with vertices (3, 2), (7, 2) and (7, 14) about the
(a) line x = 12 (b) line x = 2 (c) line x = −1
(d) line y = 14 (e) line y = 1 (f) line y = −3

20. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
1
region bounded by y = 4 + 3e−x , y = 2, x = and x = 3 about the
2
(a) line y = 7 (b) line y = 1 (c) line y = −3

21. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by x = 3 + y 2 and x = 2y + 11 about the
(a) line x = 23 (b) line x = 2 (c) line x = −1

22. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
√
region bounded by y = 5 + x, y = 5 and x = 4 about the
(a) line y = 8 (b) line y = 2 (c) line y = −2

23. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by y = 10 − 2x, y = x + 1 and y = 7 about the
(a) line x = 8 (b) line x = 1 (c) line x = −4

24. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by y = −x2 − 2x − 5 and y = 2x − 17 about the
(a) line y = 3 (b) line y = −1 (c) line y = −34

25. Use the method of disks/rings to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by x = −2y 2 − 3 and x = −5 about the
(a) line x = 4 (b) line x = −2 (c) line x = −9

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 151 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.4 : Volume with Cylinders

6.4 Solids of Revolution / Method of Cylinders

For problems 1 - 14 use the method cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by
rotating the region bounded by the given curves about the given axis.

1. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , y = 8 and the y-axis about the y-axis.

2. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , y = 8 and the y-axis about the x-axis.

3. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , x = 2 and the x-axis about the x-axis.

4. Rotate the region bounded by y = 2x2 , x = 2 and the x-axis about the y-axis.

5. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , x = 8 and the x-axis about the x-axis.

6. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , x = 8 and the x-axis about the y-axis.

7. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , y = 2 and the y-axis about the x-axis.

8. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 3 , y = 2 and the y-axis about the y-axis.
1 1 1
9. Rotate the region bounded by y = , y = and x = about the y-axis.
x 3 2
1 1 1
10. Rotate the region bounded by y = , y = and x = about the x-axis.
x 3 2
11. Rotate the region bounded by y = 6 − 2x, y = 3 + x and x = 3 about the y-axis.

12. Rotate the region bounded by y = 6 − 2x, y = 3 + x and y = 6 about the x-axis.

13. Rotate the region bounded by y = x2 − 6x + 11 and y = 6 about the y-axis.

14. Rotate the region bounded by x = y 2 − 8y + 19 and x = 2y + 3 about the x-axis.

15. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by y = 2x2 , y = 8 and the y-axis about the
(a) line x = 3 (b) line x = −2 (c) line y = 11 (d) line y = −4

16. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by x = y 3 , x = 8 and the x-axis about the
(a) line x = 10 (b) line x = −3 (c) line y = 3 (d) line y = −4

17. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by x = y 2 − 6y + 9 and x = −y 2 + 6y − 1 about the
(a) line y = 7 (b) line y = −2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 152 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.4 : Volume with Cylinders

18. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
triangle with vertices (3, 2), (7, 2) and (7, 14) about the
(a) line x = 12 (b) line x = 2 (c) line x = −1
(d) line y = 14 (e) line y = 1 (f) line y = −3

19. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by y = 4 + 3e−x , y = 2, x = 12 and x = 3 about the
1
(a) line x = 5 (b) line x = (c) line x = −1
4

20. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by x = y 2 − 8y + 19 and x = 2y + 3 about the
(a) line y = 9 (b) line y = 1 (c) line y = −3

21. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
√
region bounded by y = 5 + x − 3, y = 5 and x = 4 about the
(a) line x = 9 (b) line x = 2 (c) line x = −1

22. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by y = −x2 − 10x + 6 and y = 2x + 26 about the
(a) line x = 2 (b) line x = −1 (c) line x == 14

23. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
region bounded by x = y 2 − 10y + 27 and x = 11 about the
(a) line y = 10 (b) line y = 1 (c) line y = −3

24. Use the method of cylinders to determine the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the
3
region bounded by y = 2x2 + 1, y = 7 − x, x = 3 and x = about the
2
(a) line x = 6 (b) line x = 1 (c) line x = −2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 153 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.5 : More Volume Problems

6.5 More Volume Problems

1. Use the method of finding volume from this section to determine the volume of a sphere of
radius r.

2. Find the volume of the solid whose base is the region bounded by x = 2 − y 2 and x = y 2 − 2
and whose cross-sections are squares with the base perpendicular to the y-axis. See figure
below to see a sketch of the cross-sections.

3. Find the volume of the solid whose base is a disk of radius r and whose cross-sections are
rectangles whose height is half the length of the base and whose base is perpendicular to
the x-axis. See figure below to see a sketch of the cross-sections (the positive x-axis and
positive y-axis are shown in the sketch).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 154 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.5 : More Volume Problems

4. Find the volume of the solid whose base is the region bounded by y = x2 − 1 and y = 3 and
whose cross-sections are equilateral triangles with the base perpendicular to the y-axis. See
figure below to see a sketch of the cross-sections.

5. Find the volume of the solid whose base is the region bounded by x = 2 − y 2 and x = y 2 − 2
and whose cross-sections are the upper half of the circle centered on the y-axis. See figure
below to see a sketch of the cross-sections.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 155 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.5 : More Volume Problems

6. Find the volume of a wedge cut out of a “cylinder” whose base is the region bounded by
y = cos (x) and the x-axis between − π2 ≤ x ≤ π2 . The angle between the top and bottom
of the wedge is π4 . See the figure below for a sketch of the “cylinder” and the wedge (the
positive x-axis and positive y-axis are shown in the sketch).

7. For a sphere of radius r find the volume of the cap which is defined by the angle ϕ where ϕ
is the angle formed by the y-axis and the line from the origin to the bottom of the cap. See
the figure below for an illustration of the angle ϕ.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 156 –

Chapter 6 : Applications of Integrals Section 6.6 : Work

6.6 Work
2
1. A force of F (x) = xe−2x + 6x − 2 acts on an object. What is the work required to move the
object from x = 1 to x = 4?
 
1
2. A force of F (x) = 4 cos (2x) − 7 sin x , x is in meters, acts on an object. What is the work
2
required to move the object 10 meters to the right of x = 2?

3. A force of F (x) = sin (x) ecos(x) − 4x + 1, x is in meters, acts on an object. What is the work
required to move the object 6.5 meters to the left of x = 9?

4. A spring has a natural length of 25 cm and a force of 3.5 N is required to stretch and hold the
spring to a length of 32 cm. What is the work required to stretch the spring from a length of
30 cm to a length of 45 cm?

5. A spring has a natural length of 9 inches and a force of 7 lbs is required to stretch and hold
the spring to a length of 21 inches. What is the work required to stretch the spring from a
length of 12 inches to a length of 30 inches?

6. A cable with mass 2 kg/meter is lifting a load of 50 kg that is initially at the bottom of a 75
meter shaft. How much work is required to lift the load 40 meters?

7. A cable with mass 1.5 kg/meter is attached to a bucket that has mass 75 kg. Initially there
is 500 kg of grain in the bucket and as the bucket is raised 2 kg of grain leaks out of a hole
in the bucket for every meter the bucket is raised. The bucket is 200 meters below a bridge.
How much work is required to raise the bucket to the top of the bridge?

8. A tank of water is in the shape of a cylinder of height 25 meters and radius of 7 meters. If the
tank is completely filled with water how much work is required to pump all of the water to the
top of the tank. Assume that the density of water is 1000 kg/m3 .

9. A tank of water is in the shape of an inverted pyramid that is 18 feet tall and whose top is
a square with sides 4 feet long. If there is initially 12 feet of water in the tank determine
the amount of work needed to pump all of the water to the top of the tank. Assume that the
density of water is 62 lb/ft3 .

10. A tank of is the shape of the lower half of a sphere of radius 6 meters. If the initial depth of
the water is 4 meters how much work is required to pump all the water to the top of the tank.
Assume that the density of water is 1000 kg/m3 .

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 157 –

7 Integration Techniques

By this point we’ve now looked at basic integration techniques. We’ve seen how to integrate most
of the “basic” functions we’re liable to run into : polynomials, roots, trig, exponential, logarithm
and inverse trig functions to name a few. In addition, we’ve seen how to do basic u-substitutions
allowing us to integrate some more complicated functions.
We’ve also taken a look at some basic applications of (definite) integrals. However, as was noted
at the time, there are applications of (definite) integrals that will, on occasion, have integrals that
need more than just a basic u-substitution. So, before we can take a look at those applications
we’ll need to first talk about some more involved integration techniques.
Before getting into the new techniques we first need to make it clear that in this chapter it is assumed
at you are comfortable with basic integration, including u-substitutions. Many of the problems in this
chapter will not have a lot, if any, discussion of the basic integration work under the assumption that
you are comfortable enough with the basic work that discussion in simply not needed. In addition,
we will usually, although not always, give the substitution that we’re using for the u-substitution but
we will generally not show the actual substitution work. Again, this is under the assumption that
you are comfortable enough with basic u-substitutions that you can fill in the details if you need
to.
The reason for skipping the discussion of the basic integration work and/or not showing the full
substitution work is so we can concentrate our discussion on the particular method that we are
covering in that particular section. This is not to “punish” you but simply to acknowledge that we
only have so much time in which to discuss the material and just can’t afford to spend a lot of time
basically re-lecturing basic integration material. We realize that, for many of you, this is the start of
your Calculus II course and so you may have had some time off and may well have some “rust” on
your basic integration skills. This is a warning to start scraping that rust off. If you need do scrape
some rust off you can check out the practice problems for some practice problems covering basic
integration to refresh your memory on how basic integration works.
It is also very important for you to understand that most of the problems we’ll be looking at in this
chapter will involve u-substitutions in one way or another. In fact, many of the techniques in this
chapter are really just substitutions. The only difference is that either they need a fair amount of
work to get to the point where the substitutions can be used or they will involve substitutions used
in ways that we’ve not seen to this point. So, again, if you have some rust on your u-substitution
skills you’ll need to get it scraped off so you can do the work in this chapter.
In addition, we will be doing indefinite integrals almost exclusively in most of the sections in this

158
Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques

chapter. There are a few sections were we’ll be doing some definite integrals but for the most
part we’ll keep the problems in most of the sections shorter by just doing indefinite integrals. It is
assumed that if you were given a definite integral you could do the extra evaluation steps needed
to finish the definite integral. Having said that, there are a few sections were definite integrals are
done either because there are some subtleties that need to be dealt with for definite integrals or
because the topic at hand, the last few sections in particular, involve only definite integrals.
So, with all that out of the way, here is a quick rundown of the new integration techniques we’ll take
a look at in this section.
Probably the most important technique, in this sense that it will be the most commonly seen tech-
nique out of this class, is integration by parts. This is the one new technique in this chapter that is
not just u-substitutions done in new ways. Integration by Parts will involve u-substitutions at various
steps the process on occasion but it will not be just a new way of doing a u-substitution.
As noted a lot of the techniques in this chapter are really just u-substitutions except they will need
some manipulation of the integrand prior to actually doing the substitution. The techniques using
this idea will include integrating some, but not all, products and quotients of trig functions, some
integrands involving roots or quadratics that can’t be done without manipulation of the integrand
or “different” u-substitutions that we are used to. We’ll also see how to use partial fractions to
write some integrands involving rational expressions into a form that we can actually do the inte-
gral.
We’ll also take a look at something called trig substitutions. This is probably the one technique
that most find the most difficult, or at the least, the longest method. As we’ll see a trig substitution
is really a substitution but it is not a traditional u-substitution. However, having said that, if you
understand how basic u-substitutions work it will help greatly when it comes to working with trig
substitutions as the basic concepts are the same.
Next we’ll be taking a look at a new kind of integral, Improper Integrals. This topic will address how
to deal with definite integrals for which one or both of the limits of integration will be an infinity. In
addition, we’ll see how we can, on occasion, deal with discontinuities in the integrand (we’ll focus
on division by zero in the integrand).
We’ll close our the section with a quick section on approximating the value of definite integrals.
We will leave this section with a warning. It is with this chapter that you will find that you can’t
just memorize your way through the class anymore. We will acknowledge that up to this point it
is possible, for the most part, to just memorize your way through the class. You may not get the
highest grades through just memorization as there are some topics that require a fair amount of
understanding of the topic, but you can survive up to this point if your really good at memoriza-
tion.
Integration by Parts is a really good example of this. While you will need to memorize/know the
basic integration by parts formula simply memorizing that will not help you to actually use integration
by parts on the problem. You will need to actually understand how integration by parts works and
how to “assign” various portions of the integrand to the various portions of the integration parts
formula.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 159 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques

Also while there are some basic formulas we can, and do on occasion, give for some of the methods
there are also situations that just don’t fit into those formulas and so again you’ll really need to
understand how to do those methods in order to work problems for which basic formulas just won’t
work. Or, again, you can’t just memorize your way out of most the methods taught in this chapter.
Memorization may allow you to get through the basic problems but will not help all that much with
more complicated problems.
Finally, we also need to warn you about seeing “patterns” and just assuming that all the problems
will fall into those patterns. Integration by Parts is, again, a good example of this. There are some
“patterns” that seem to show up because a lot of the problems we do in that section do fall into the
patterns. The problem is that there are also some problems for which the “patterns” simply don’t
work and yet they still require integration by parts. If you get so locked into “patterns” you’ll find it
all but impossible to do some problems because they simply don’t fall into those patterns.
This is not to say that recognizing that patterns in always a bad thing. Patterns do, on occasion,
show up and they can be useful to understand/know as a possible solution method. However, you
also need to always remember that there are problems that just don’t fit easily into the patterns.
This is also a warning that will be valid in other chapters in a typical Calculus II course as well.
Again, patterns aren’t bad per se, you just need to be careful to not always assume that every
problem will fall into the patterns.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 160 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.1 : Integration by Parts

7.1 Integration by Parts

Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
1. 8te7t dt

Z 2π  
1
2. (1 − 3x) sin x dx
π 2
Z 2
3. w2 e4w dw
−1
Z 3
4. (2 − x)2 ln (4x) dx
1
Z
5. (6 + 3z) cos (1 + 4z) dz
Z
6. 2y 2 cos (9y) dy
Z
3z + z 2 sin (z) dz


7.
Z √
√

8. x3 ln 3
x dx
Z
2w2 − w e7w−1 dw


9.
Z
10. 9t sec2 (2t) dt

Z π
8
11. e−x sin (4x) dx
0
Z
12. 8 tan−1 (2y) dy
Z
13. e6t cos (2t) dt
Z
14. −3 sin−1 (10x) dx
Z
15. e3−z sin (2 + z) dz

Z 0
9
16. 2x17 e1+x dx
−1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 161 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.1 : Integration by Parts

Z
9t11 cos 1 − t6 dt


17.

x7
Z
18. √ dx
x4 + 1
Z  
4

1
19. 5+x sin x dx
2
Z
20. 2z 5 e1−z dz
Z
5 + 2w3 − w5 cos (3w) dw


21.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 162 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.2 : Integrals Involving Trig Functions

7.2 Integrals Involving Trig Functions

Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
1. cos5 (2t) sin2 (2t) dt
Z
2. cos3 (12x) dx
Z
3. cos2 (z) sin4 (z) dz

Z π    
5 3 6 3
4. sin w cos w dw
π 4 4
3

Z π
5. cos11 (5z) sin3 (5z) dz
0
Z
6. sin2 (7x) dx

Z π
6
7. tan3 (8x) sec3 (8x) dx
0
Z    
1 1
8. sec8 t tan5 t dt
2 2
Z
9. sec2 (9z) tan3 (9z) dz
Z π
10. sec6 (10t) tan4 (10t) dt
3π
4
Z
11. tan12 (2w) sec6 (2w) dw
Z
12. cot2 (3x) csc6 (3x) dx

Z 2π    
3
3 1 3 1
13. csc w cot w dw
π 4 4
3
Z
14. csc4 (6w) dw
Z
15. csc12 (x) cot5 (x) dx
Z
16. cot (x) dx

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 163 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.2 : Integrals Involving Trig Functions

Z
17. cot3 (x) dx
Z
18. csc (x) dx
Z
19. csc3 (x) dx

Z 4
20. sin (8x) cos (15x) dx
−2
Z
21. cos (2x) cos (24x) dx
Z
22. sin (13z) sin (9z) dz

cos5 (2t)
Z
23. dt
sin3 (2t)

sin3 (2 − x)
Z
24. dx
cos2 (2 − x)

sec6 12 z
Z

25.
dz
tan8 12 z

tan5 (x)
Z
26. dx
sec2 (x)

1 + 9cos5 (8w)
Z
27. dw
sin2 (8w)
Z
3 + 7cos3 (x) sin2 (x) dx


28.
Z
29. sin3 (9y) sec2 (9y) dy
Z
30. tan5 (z) cos5 (z) dz
Z
tan (2t) − sin3 (2t) sec3 (2t) dt
 
31.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 164 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.3 : Trig Substitutions

7.3 Trig Substitutions

For problems 1 - 15 use a trig substitution to eliminate the root.

p
1. 64t2 + 1
p
2. 4z 2 − 49
p
3. 7 − w2

7
4. 16 − 81x2 2

p
5. 6 + 9y 2

3
6. 1 − 8z 2 2

q
7. 9 − 16(3x − 1)2

2  52
8. 11 + t2 + 1
q
9. 144(z + 8)2 − 3
p
10. 4x2 − 24x + 43

11
11. 2z 2 − 24z + 36 2

p
12. −4 − 10t − 5t2
q
13. 9sin2 (4t) − 1
p
14. 36 − 9e3z
√
15. x + 16

For problems 16 - 32 use a trig substitution to evaluate the given integral.

Z p
16. 3x5 16 − x2 dx
Z

5
17. t3 25 + 81t2 2
dt

1
w3
Z
4
18. √ dw
0 1 − 9w2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 165 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.3 : Trig Substitutions

z5
Z
19. 3 dz
(9z 2 − 25) 2
Z −1 p
20. y3 49y 2 − 4 dy
−3
Z 5
5
21. √ dx
1 x2 x2 + 4
Z √
3 − 4t2
22. dt
t2

w5
Z
23. √ dw
8w2 + 1
Z √
x2 − 15
24. dx
x3
Z
2
25. 6
√ dx
(x − 3) −x2 + 6x − 5
Z
1
26. 3 dz
2
(z + 1) (2z 2 + 4z − 34) 2
Z p 2
4y − 16y + 19
27. dy
(y − 2)6
12
(t − 4)3
Z
28. √ dt
9 t2 − 8t + 7
Z 6p
29. 5x2 + 10x + 6 dx
0
Z p
30. x7 9 − x4 dx

e12t
Z
31. p dt
4e6t − 1
Z p
32. sin (z) cos3 (z) 16 + cos2 (z) dz

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 166 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.4 : Partial Fractions

7.4 Partial Fractions

Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
9
1. 2
dz
z − 12z
Z
7x
2. 2
dx
x + 14x + 40
Z 4
8y − 1
3. 2 − 15y − 8
dy
0 2y

9 − w2
Z
4. dw
(w + 1) (3w − 5) (w + 4)
Z 8
12
5. dz
1 z3 − 2z 2 − 63z

7x + 2x2
Z
6. dx
(x − 4) (2x + 3) (2x + 1)
Z
4x + 10
7. dx
(x − 2) (x − 1)2
Z 2
24
8. dt
1 t4 − 6t3
Z
10z + 2
9. dz
(z + 1)2 (z − 3)2

8w + w2
Z
10. dw
(w − 7) (w2 + 16)

6y − 7
Z
11. dy
(2y + 1) (4y 2 + 1)

8t3 − 5t2 + 72t − 10

Z
12. dt
(t2 + 2) (t2 + 9)

16w3 + 6w2 + 12w + 21

Z
13. dw
(w2 + 9) (4w2 + 3)

x4 + 5x3 + 20x + 16
Z
14. dx
x(x2 + 4)2

6 − z2
Z
15. dz
2z 2 + z − 21

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 167 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.4 : Partial Fractions

4x3 − x
Z
16. dx
x2 − x − 30

8 − t3
Z
17. dt
(t − 3) (t + 1)2

x6 − 6x5 + 3x4 − 10x3 − 9x2 + 12x − 27

Z
18. dx
x4 + 3x2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 168 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.5 : Integrals Involving Roots

7.5 Integrals Involving Roots

Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
5
1. √ dz
4− 3−z
Z
1
2. √ dx
x+4 x−3
Z
4
3. √ dt
t− t+7+1
Z
z
4. √ dz
2z + 3 2z + 1 − 9
Z
w
5. √ dw
w − 2 6 − 3w − 5
√

Z
6. cos x dx

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 169 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.6 : Integrals Involving Quadratics

7.6 Integrals Involving Quadratics

Evaluate each of the following integrals.

Z
x+1
1. 2
dx
x + 10x + 18
Z
15
2. 2
dy
3y − 4y + 4
12 − 9z
Z
3. dz
1 − 4z − 4z 2
3 − 7t
Z
4. dt
(t + 12t + 40)2
2

Z
11w + 4
5. dw
(3 + 6w − w2 )2
Z
3
6. 7 dx
(2x2 + 10x + 4) 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 170 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.7 : Integration Strategy

7.7 Integration Strategy

Problems have not yet been written for this section.

I was finding it very difficult to come up with a good mix of new problems and decided my time
was better spent writing problems for later sections rather than trying to come up with a sufficient
number of problems for what is essentially a review section. I intend to come back at a later date
when I have more time to devote to this section and add problems then.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 171 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.8 : Improper Integrals

7.8 Improper Integrals

Determine if each of the following integrals converge or diverge. If the integral converges determine
its value.
Z ∞
1. 2 − 4x + 6x2 dx
4
Z 5
1
2. dw
0 4w − 20
Z 2
3
3. √
6
dz
−1 4 − 2z
Z 0
4. x e2+3x dx
−∞
Z ∞
5. x e2+3x dx
0
Z ∞
1
6. dx
2 x2 +1
Z 3
1
7. dz
0 z 2 − 4z
Z 1
x
8. dx
−∞ x2 +1
Z 2
1
9. dy
−1 y2 − 2y − 3
Z 0
10. cos (w) dw
−∞
Z ∞
1
11. dz
10 (5 − 2z)2
∞
z3
Z
12. dz
−∞ z4 + 1
Z 4
1
13. dy
1 2y − 6
Z 5
1
14. √
3
dw
1 w−2
1
Z 1
ex
15. dx
−2 x2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 172 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.8 : Improper Integrals

Z ∞
3
16. x2 ex dx
−∞
Z ∞
y
17. dy
−∞ (y 2 + 1)3
3
w3
Z
18. √ dw
0 9 − w2
Z 1
1
19. dw
−3 w2 + 2w
1
Z ∞
ex
20. dx
0 x2
Z ∞
1
21. dz
0 z[ln (z)]2
Z ∞
1
22. dw
0 w−1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 173 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.9 : Comparison Test for Improper Integrals

7.9 Comparison Test for Improper Integrals

Use the Comparison Test to determine if the following integrals converge or diverge.
Z ∞
1
1. √5
dz
4 z−2
Z ∞
w
2. √ dw
0 w6 + 2
Z ∞
1
3. dw
2 (2w + 3)4
Z ∞ 2
y − 4y + 2
4. dy
12 y−7
Z ∞
1
5. dx
2 ln (x)
Hint : Sketch the graph of y = x and y = ln (x) on the same axis system.
∞ √
z − 4sin2 (z)
Z
6. dz
2 z3
∞
√
3
2x + sin2 (x)
Z
7. √ dx
20 x − cos2 (x)
∞
ze−z
Z
8. dz
0 z3 + 1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 174 –

Chapter 7 : Integration Techniques Section 7.10 : Approximating Definite Integrals

7.10 Approximating Definite Integrals

For each of the following integrals use the given value of n to approximate the value of the definite
integral using
(a) the Midpoint Rule,

(b) the Trapezoid Rule, and

(c) Simpson’s Rule.

Use at least 6 decimal places of accuracy for your work.
Z 4
sin x2 + 2 dx using n = 6


1.
−2
Z 4 p
3
2. x4 + 6 dx using n = 6
0
Z 5
3. ecos(x) dx using n = 8
1
Z 5
1
4. dx using n = 6
3 1 − ln (x)
Z 1
sin (x) cos x2 dx using n = 8


5.
−3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 175 –

8 More Applications of Integrals

It is now time to take a look at some more applications of integrals. As noted the last time we looked
at applications of integrals many, although, not all of these new applications in this chapter have a
fairly high chance of needing some of the integration techniques from the last chapter.
The first application, Arc Length can be kept to only u-substitutions at the worst, but most of those
problems tend to be very simple. Once we start moving into more complicated problems arc length
problems tend to involve trig substitutions.
The next application, Surface Area tends to be u-substitutions but the notation used here is also
used in the Arc Length section and so the surface area section is also here because of the shared
notation.
Center of Mass and Probability are applications that will, in almost every case, involve integration by
parts. In addition, the Probability section has the potential for improper integrals to show up.
The other application we’ll be looking at in this chapter, Hydrostatic Pressure and Force, will typ-
ically involve fairly simple integrals that could have been done in the earlier chapter. The reason
the topic is here is because we have to derive up the integral using the definition of the definite
integral in every problem. In addition, more complicated problems could lead to much more com-
plicated integrals. The integrals in this section are kept simple mostly to keep the derivation work
simpler.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

176
Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.1 : Arc Length

8.1 Arc Length

1. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the length of y = 14 − 9x , −22 ≤ y ≤ 31 using,
s  2
dy
(a) ds = 1 + dx
dx

s  2
dx
(b) ds = 1+ dy
dy

2. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the length of x = e2y , −1 ≤ y ≤ 0 using,
s  2
dy
(a) ds = 1 + dx
dx

s  2
dx
(b) ds = 1+ dy
dy
π
3. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the length of y = tan (2x) , 0 ≤ x ≤ 3 using,
s  2
dy
(a) ds = 1 + dx
dx

s  2
dx
(b) ds = 1+ dy
dy

x2
4. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the length of + 9y 2 = 1.
16
5. For x = 6y + 1 , −2 ≤ y ≤ 8
(a) Use an integral to find the length of the curve.

(b) Verify your answer from part (a) geometrically.

6. Determine the length of y = 43 x + 2 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 9.

3 3 3
7. Determine the length of y = (8x + 3) 2 , 11 2 ≤ y ≤ 27 2 .
3
8. Determine the length of x = (10 − 2y) 2 , −1 ≤ y ≤ 2.

9. Determine the length of x = 2 + (y − 1)2 , 2 ≤ y ≤ 5.

10. Determine the length of y = (3x + 2)2 , 1 ≤ x ≤ 4.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 177 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.2 : Surface Area

8.2 Surface Area

1. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the surface area of the object obtained by rotating
y = 7x + 2 , −5 ≤ y ≤ 0 about the x-axis using,
s  2
dy
(a) ds = 1 + dx
dx

s  2
dx
(b) ds = 1+ dy
dy

2. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the surface area of the object obtained by rotating
y = 1 + 2x5 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 about the x-axis using,
s  2
dy
(a) ds = 1 + dx
dx

s  2
dx
(b) ds = 1+ dy
dy

3. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the surface area of the object obtained by rotating
x = e2y , −1 ≤ y ≤ 0 about the y-axis using,
s  2
dy
(a) ds = 1 + dx
dx

s  2
dx
(b) ds = 1+ dy
dy

4. Set up, but

 do  not evaluate, an integral for the surface area of the object obtained by rotating
1
y = cos x , 0 ≤ x ≤ π about
2
(a) the x-axis

(b) the y-axis

5. Set up, but do not evaluate, an integral for the surface area of the object obtained by rotating
√
x = 3 + 7y , 0 ≤ y ≤ 1 about
(a) the x-axis

(b) the y-axis

√ √
1√ 2 5
6. Find the surface area of the object obtained by rotating y = 6x + 2 , ≤y≤ about
4 2 2
the x-axis.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 178 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.2 : Surface Area

7. Find the surface area of the object obtained by rotating y = 4 − x , 1 ≤ x ≤ 6 about the y-axis.

8. Find the surface area of the object obtained by rotating x = 2y + 5 , −1 ≤ x ≤ 2 about the
y-axis.

9. Find the surface area of the object obtained by rotating x = 1 − y 2 , 0 ≤ y ≤ 3 about the
x-axis.

10. Find the surface area of the object obtained by rotating x = e2y , −1 ≤ y ≤ 0 about the y-axis.
 
1
11. Find for the surface area of the object obtained by rotating y = cos x , 0 ≤ x ≤ π about
2
the x-axis.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 179 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.3 : Center Of Mass

8.3 Center Of Mass

Find the center of mass for each of the following regions.

1. The region bounded by y = x3 , x = −2 and the x-axis.

2. The triangle with vertices (−2, −2), (4, −2) and (4, 4).

3. The region bounded by y = (x − 2)2 and y = 4.

π π
4. The region bounded by y = cos (x) and the x-axis between − ≤x≤ .
2 2
5. The region bounded by y = x2 and y = 6 − x.

6. The region bounded by y = e2x and the x-axis between −1 ≤ x ≤ 1.

1 1
7. The region bounded by y = e2x and y = − cos (πx) between − ≤ x ≤ .
2 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 180 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.4 : Hydrostatic Pressure and Force

8.4 Hydrostatic Pressure and Force

Find the hydrostatic force on the following plates submerged in water as shown in each image. In
each case consider the top of the blue “box” to be the surface of the water in which the plate is
submerged. Note as well that the dimensions in many of the images will not be perfectly to scale
in order to better fit the plate in the image. The lengths given in each image are in meters.

1.

2.

3.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 181 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.4 : Hydrostatic Pressure and Force

4.

5.

6.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 182 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.4 : Hydrostatic Pressure and Force

7.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 183 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.5 : Probability

8.5 Probability

1. Let, 
3
2x − x2 if 0 ≤ x ≤ 2



4

f (x) =


 0 otherwise
(a) Show that f (x) is a probability density function.

(b) Find P (X ≤ 0.25).

(c) Find P (X ≥ 1.4).

(d) Find P (0.1 ≤ X ≤ 1.2).

(e) Determine the mean value of X.

2. Let,
4


 ln (3) (4x + x2 )
 if 1 ≤ x ≤ 6
f (x) =


0 otherwise


(a) Show that f (x) is a probability density function.

(b) Find P (X ≤ 1).

(c) Find P (X ≥ 5).

(d) Find P (1 ≤ X ≤ 5).

(e) Determine the mean value of X.

3. Let, 
1   π 

 1 + sin πx − if 0 ≤ x ≤ 10
10 2

f (x) =


 0 otherwise
(a) Show that f (x) is a probability density function.

(b) Find P (X ≤ 3).

(c) Find P (X ≥ 5).

(d) Find P (2.5 ≤ X ≤ 7).

(e) Determine the mean value of X.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 184 –

Chapter 8 : More Applications of Integrals Section 8.5 : Probability

4. The probability density function of the life span of a battery is given by the function below,
where t is in years. 
− 1.25t if t ≥ 0
 1.25e

f (t) =

 0 if t < 0
(a) Verify that f (t) is a probability density function.

(b) What is the probability that a battery will have a life span less than 10 months?

(c) What is the probability that a battery will have a life span more than 2 years?

(d) What is the probability that a battery will have a life span between 1.5 and 4 years?

(e) Determine the mean value of the life span of the batteries.

5. The probability density function of the successful outcome from some experiment is given by
the function below, where t is in minutes.

1 − t
 t e 3 if t ≥ 0


9
f (t) =


 0 if t < 0

(a) Verify that f (t) is a probability density function.

(b) What is the probability of a successful outcome happening in less than 12 minutes?

(c) What is the probability of a successful outcome happening after 25 minutes?

(d) What is the probability of a successful outcome happening between 10 and 75 minutes?

(e) What is the mean time of a successful outcome from the experiment?

6. Determine the value of c for which the function below will be a probability density function.

4 5


 c 12x − x
 if 0 ≤ x ≤ 12
f (x) =

 0 otherwise

7. Use the function below for this problem and assume a > 0.

− 1 x
 ce a
 x≥0
f (x) =

 0 x<0

(a) Determine the value of c for which this function will be a probability density function.

(b) Using the value of c found in the first part determine the mean value of the probability
density function.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 185 –

9 Parametric Equations and Polar Coor-
dinates

We are now going to take a look at a couple of topics that are completely different from anything
we’ve seen to this point. That does not mean, however, that We can just forget everything that
we’ve seen to this point. As we will see before too long we will still need to be able to do a large
part of the material (both Calculus I and Calculus II material) that we’ve looked at to this point.
The first major topic that we’ll look at in this chapter will be that of Parametric Equations. Parametric
Equations will allow us to work with and perform Calculus operations on equations that cannot be
solved into the form y = f (x) or x = h(y) (assuming we are using x and y as our variables). Also,
as we’ll see we can write some equations that can be solved for y or x as a set of easier to work
with parametric equations.
Once we’ve got an idea of what parametric equations are and how to sketch graphs of them we will
revisit some of the Calculus topics we’ve looked at to this point. We’ll take a look at how to use only
parametric equations to get the equation of tangent lines, where the graph is increasing/decreasing
and the concavity of the graph. In addition, we’ll revisit the idea of using a definite integral to find
the area between the graph of a set of parametric equation and the x-axis. We will close out the
Calculus topics by discussing arc length and surface area for a set of parametric equations.
We will then move into the other major topic of this chapter, namely Polar Coordinates. Once
we’ve defined polar coordinates and gotten comfortable with them we will, again, revisit the same
Calculus topics we looked at in terms of parametric equations.
On the surface it will appear that polar coordinates has nothing in common with parametric equa-
tions. We will see however that several topics in Polar Coordinates can be easily done, in some
way, if we first set them up in terms of parametric equations.
In addition, we should point out that the purpose of the topics in this chapter is in preparation for
multi-variable Calculus (i.e. the material that is usually taught in Calculus III). As we will see when
we get to that point there are a lot of topics that involve and/or require parametric equations. In
addition, polar coordinates will pop up every so often so keep that in mind as we go through this
stuff. It is easy sometimes to get the idea that the topics in this chapter don’t have a lot of use but
once we hit multi-variable Calculus they will start to pop up with some regularity.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

186
Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.1 : Parametric Equations

9.1 Parametric Equations and Curves

For problems 1 - 9 eliminate the parameter for the given set of parametric equations, sketch the
graph of the parametric curve and give any limits that might exist on x and y.

1. x = 2 + t y = t2 − 4t + 7

2. x = 2 + t y = t2 − 4t + 7 −3≤t≤1

3. x = 1 − t2 y = 3 + 2t

4. x = 1 − t2 y = 3 + 2t −2≤t≤3
1√ √
5. x = t y =t− t−6 t≥0
2
1√ √
6. x = t y =t− t−6 8 ≤ t ≤ 20
2
π π
7. x = −6 cos (4t) y = 2 sin (4t) − ≤t≤
4 8
   
1 1
8. x = 1 − 3 sin t y = 4 cos t
2 2

9. x = 6 − 7e−2t y = 4 + 3e−2t

10. Answer each of the questions about the following set of parametric equations

x = 3 cos (at) y = 3 sin (at) 0 ≤ t ≤ 2π

(a) Sketch the graph of the parametric curve for a = 1.

(b) Sketch the graph of the parametric curve for a = 6.

(c) Sketch the graph of the parametric curve for a = 15 .

(d) In general, for a > 0, how does the value of a affect the graph of the parametric curve?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 187 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.1 : Parametric Equations

For problems 11 - 21 the path of a particle is given by the set of parametric equations. Completely
describe the path of the particle. To completely describe the path of the particle you will need to
provide the following information.
(i) A sketch of the parametric curve (including direction of motion) based on the equation
you get by eliminating the parameter.

(ii) Limits on x and y.

(iii) A range of t’s for a single trace of the parametric curve.

(iv) The number of traces of the curve the particle makes if an overall range of t’s is provided
in the problem.
   
1 1
11. x = 6 cos t y = 2 + sin t 0 ≤ t ≤ 75π
3 3

12. x = 7 − 3 sin (2t) y = 4 + 2 cos (2t)

5
13. x = 6cos2 (3t) y = 2 − 3sin2 (3t) − π ≤ t ≤ 3π
6
s    
7 1 7
14. x = 2+ cos2 t y = sin t
4 3 4

15. x = 6 − sin3 (4t) y = 2 sin (4t) − 127π ≤ t ≤ 201π

   
1 2 1
16. x = 3 + cos t y = 4 + cos t − 90π ≤ t ≤ 216π
6 6

17. x = e−4t y = 2e12t

18. x = 1 + e3t y = e6t −1≤t≤6

19. x = 1 − ln (t) y = [ln (t)]2 t>0

   
1 1
20. x = cos t y = sec t −π <t<π
2 2
91 17
21. x = sin (2t) y = sin2 (2t) − 4 sin (2t) − π≤t≤ π
4 4

For problems 22 - 27 write down a set of parametric equations for the given equation that meets
the given extra conditions (if any).

22. x = sin 3 − y 2 + cos2 (y)

6 cos (x) − 8
23. y =
x2 + 9x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 188 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.1 : Parametric Equations

24. x2 + y 2 = 100 and the parametric curve resulting from the parametric equations should be at
(0, 10) when t = 0 and the curve should have a clockwise rotation.

25. x2 + y 2 = 100 and the parametric curve resulting from the parametric equations should be at
(0, 10) when t = 0 and the curve should have a counter clockwise rotation.

x2
26. + y 2 = 1 and the parametric curve resulting from the parametric equations should be at
25
(−5, 0) when t = 0 and the curve should have a counter clockwise rotation.

x2
27. + y 2 = 1 and the parametric curve resulting from the parametric equations should be at
25
(−5, 0) when t = 0 and the curve should have a clockwise rotation.

28. Eliminate the parameter for the following set of parametric equations and identify the resulting
equation.
x = h + a cos (ω t) y = k + b sin (ω t)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 189 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.2 : Tangents with Parametric Equations

9.2 Tangents with Parametric Equations

dy d2 y
For problems 1 - 3 compute and 2 for the given set of parametric equations.
dx dx

1. x = 7t2 − 9t y = t6 + 2t2

2. x = tan (2t) − 12 y = 3 sin (2t) + sec (2t) + 4t

3. x = ln 3t2 + 8t y = ln t4 − 6 ln t2

For problems 4 - 7 find the equation of the tangent line(s) to the given set of parametric equations
at the given point.

4. x = t3 + cos (π t) y = 4t + sin (2t + 6) at t = −3

5. x = t2 + 2t − 1 y = t3 + 7t2 + 8t at t = 1
3 −9t
6. x = 6 − et y = t3 + 3t2 − 18t + 2 at (5, 2)

7. x = t2 + 5t − 6 y = t2 + 2t − 8 at (−6, 7)

For problems 8 and 9 find the values of t that will have horizontal or vertical tangent lines for the
given set of parametric equations.

8. x = t3 − 5t2 + t + 1 y = t4 + 8t3 + 3t2

 
2 1
9. x = 7t2 + e2−t y = 10 sin t −1
2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 190 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.3 : Area with Parametric Equations

9.3 Area with Parametric Equations

For problems 1 - 3 determine the area of the region below the parametric curve given by the set
of parametric equations. For each problem you may assume that each curve traces out exactly
once from right to left for the given range of t. For these problems you should only use the given
parametric equations to determine the answer.

1. x = t2 + 5t − 1 y = 40 − t2 −2≤t≤5
π
2. x = 3 cos2 (t) − sin2 (t) y = 6 + cos (t) − ≤t≤0
2
1 1 1
3. x = e 4 t − 2 y = 4 + e4t − e2t −6≤t≤1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 191 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.4 : Arc Length with Parametric Equations

9.4 Arc Length with Parametric Equations

For all the problems in this section you should only use the given parametric equations to determine
the answer.
For problems 1 - 5 determine the length of the parametric curve given by the set of parametric
equations. For these problems you may assume that the curve traces out exactly once for the
given range of t’s.

1. x = 3 + 9t y = 10 − 15t −5≤t≤8
3 3
2. x = 6(3 + t) 2 y = −3t 2 −2≤t≤1

3. x = 4t2 − 3 y = 3t 0≤t≤5

4. x = 3 + t y = 6 + (t − 1)2 1≤t≤3

5. x = t2 − 1 y = t4 + 5 0≤t≤1

For problems 6 and 7 a particle travels along a path defined by the following set of parametric
equations. Determine the total distance the particle travels and compare this to the length of the
parametric curve itself.

5
6. x = 6 cos2 (3t) y = 2 − 3 sin2 (3t) − π ≤ t ≤ 3π
6
   
1 2 1
7. x = 3 + cos t y = 4 + cos t − 90π ≤ t ≤ 216π
6 6

For problems 8 - 10 set up, but do not evaluate, an integral that gives the length of the parametric
curve given by the set of parametric equations. For these problems you may assume that the curve
traces out exactly once for the given range of t’s.

8. x = t cos (2t) y = sin (3t) 2≤t≤3

√

y = sin e−t


9. x = 1 − sin 1 + t 1≤t≤4

1
10. x = ln (t + 2) y= −1≤t≤2
t+7

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 192 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.5 : Surface Area with Parametric Equations

9.5 Surface Area with Parametric Equations

For all the problems in this section you should only use the given parametric equations to determine
the answer.
For problems1 - 4 determine the surface area of the object obtained by rotating the parametric
curve about the given axis. For these problems you may assume that the curve traces out exactly
once for the given range of t’s.

1. Rotate x = t2 − 3 y = 2 + t2 0 ≤ t ≤ 5 about the x-axis.

2. Rotate x = −8t y = 6 + t2 − 3 ≤ t ≤ 0 about the y-axis.

3. Rotate x = t2 y = t4 − 2 0 ≤ t ≤ 2 about the y-axis.

1
4. Rotate x = 2 + t y = 4e− 2
t
− 1 ≤ t ≤ 2 about the x-axis.

For problems 5 - 7 set up, but do not evaluate, an integral that gives the surface area of the
object obtained by rotating the parametric curve about the given axis. For these problems you
may assume that the curve traces out exactly once for the given range of t’s.

5. Rotate x = 2 + ecos(t) y = 1 + t2 − 2 ≤ t ≤ 0 about the x-axis.

6. Rotate x = cos2 (t) y = 2 cos (2t) − sin (t) 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 about the y-axis.

7. Rotate x = t2 y = ln 3 + e−t


0 ≤ t ≤ 2 about the x-axis.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 193 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.6 : Polar Coordinates

9.6 Polar Coordinates

 
3π
1. For the point with polar coordinates −9, determine three different sets of coordinates
7
3π
for the same point all of which have angles different from and are in the range
7
−2π ≤ θ ≤ 2π.
 
2π
2. For the point with polar coordinates 7, − determine three different sets of coordinates
3
2π
for the same point all of which have angles different from − and are in the range
3
−2π ≤ θ ≤ 2π.

3. The polar coordinates of a point are (14, 2.48). Determine the Cartesian coordinates for the
point.
 
3
4. The polar coordinates of a point are − , −5.29 . Determine the Cartesian coordinates
10
for the point.

5. The Cartesian coordinate of a point are (−3, 5). Determine a set of polar coordinates for the
point.

6. The Cartesian coordinate of a point are (4, −7). Determine a set of polar coordinates for the
point.

7. The Cartesian coordinate of a point are (−3, −12). Determine a set of polar coordinates for
the point.

For problems 8 and 9 convert the given equation into an equation in terms of polar coordinates.

8. 7x2 y + 8y = 3 − 6x2 − 6y 2
7y
9. = 9 + y2
x2 + y 2 − 8x

For problems 10 - 13 convert the given equation into an equation in terms of Cartesian coordi-
nates.
8 sin(θ)
10. r − = 2 cos(θ)
r
11. r3 csc(θ) = 5 cos(θ) − 6

12. 8 − r = r2 sin (2θ)

13. r = 2a cos(θ) + 2b sin(θ)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 194 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.6 : Polar Coordinates

For problems 14 - 27 sketch the graph of the given polar equation.

14. −7 = r sin(θ)
5π
15. θ =
7
9π
16. θ = −
5
17. r cos(θ) = 4

18. r = 6 sin(θ)

19. r = 100

20. r = 24 cos(θ)

21. r = −15 sin(θ)

22. r = 4 + 12 cos(θ)

23. r = 7 − 7 sin(θ)

24. r = 1 + 3 sin(θ)

25. r = 5 − 4 cos(θ)

26. r = 8 + 3 sin(θ)

27. r = 1 − cos(θ)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 195 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.7 : Tangents with Polar Coordinates

9.7 Tangents with Polar Coordinates

π
1. Find the tangent line to r = θ sin (3θ) at θ = .
2
π
2. Find the tangent line to r = cos (2θ) − sin (θ) at θ = − .
4
3. Find the tangent line to r = cos θ2 − θ at θ = π .

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 196 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.8 : Area with Polar Coordinates

9.8 Area with Polar Coordinates

1. Find the area inside the inner loop of r = 3 + 10 sin(θ).

2. Find the area inside the inner loop of r = 5 + 12 cos(θ).

3. Find the area inside the graph of r = 8 + cos(θ) and to the right of the y-axis.

4. Find the area inside the graph of r = 5 − 4 sin(θ) and the below the x-axis.

5. Find the area that is inside r = 4 and outside r = 4 − 2 sin(θ).

6. Find the area that is inside r = 7 − 3 cos(θ) and outside r = 4.

7. Find the area that is inside r = 6 + 6 cos(θ) and outside r = 4 − 3 cos(θ).

8. Find the area that is inside r = 4 + 2 sin(θ) and outside r = 5 − sin(θ).

9. Find the area that is inside r = 5 − sin(θ) and outside r = 4 + 2 sin(θ).

10. Find the area that is inside both r = 6 − 4 sin(θ) and r = 5.

11. Find the area that is inside both r = 3 + 2 cos(θ) and r = 3 − cos(θ).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 197 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.9 : Arc Length with Polar Coordinates

9.9 Arc Length with Polar Coordinates

For problems 1 - 3 determine the length of the given polar curve. For these problems you may
assume that the curve traces out exactly once for the given range of θ.

1 π
1. r = ,0≤θ≤
cos(θ) 3

2. r = θ2 , 0 ≤ θ ≤ 3π

3. r = 6 cos(θ) − 3 sin(θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤ π

For problems 4 - 6 set up, but do not evaluate, an integral that gives the length of the given polar
curve. For these problems you may assume that the curve traces out exactly once for the given
range of θ.

4. r = sin θ2 , 0 ≤ θ ≤ π

5. r = cos (1 + sin(θ)), 0 ≤ θ ≤ 2π
1
6. r = e− 4
θ
cos(θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤ 3π

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 198 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.10 : Surface Area with Polar Coordinates

9.10 Surface Area with Polar Coordinates

For problems 1 - 4 set up, but do not evaluate, an integral that gives the surface area of the curve
rotated about the given axis. For these problems you may assume that the curve traces out exactly
once for the given range of θ.
 1
 π
1. r = cos e− 4 θ , 0 ≤ θ ≤ rotated about the x-axis.
2
π
2. r = θ sin(θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤ rotated about the y-axis.
2
π
3. r = cos (θ) sin (2θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤ rotated about the x-axis.
6
π
4. r = θ + sin(θ), ≤ θ ≤ π rotated about the y-axis.
2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 199 –

Chapter 9 : Parametric and Polar Section 9.11 : Arc Length and Surface Area Revisited

9.11 Arc Length and Surface Area Revisited

Problems have not yet been written for this section and probably won’t be to be honest since this
is just a summary section.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 200 –

10 Series and Sequences

Once again, as with the last chapter, we are going to be looking at a completely different topic in
this chapter. The only material from previous chapters that will be needed here will be the ability to
compute limits at infinity (we’ll do a fair amount of these), compute the rare derivatives and compute
the occasional integral. The integrals will, generally, be fairly simple and needing u substitutions
every once in a while although we will see the occasional integral requiring integration by parts
or partial fractions. So, basically, the material in this chapter doesn’t really rely all that much on
previous material.
Series is one of those topics that many students don’t find all that useful. To be honest, many
students will never see series outside of their calculus class. However, series do play an important
role in the field of ordinary differential equations and without series large portions of the field of
partial differential equations would not be possible.
In other words, series is an important topic even if you won’t ever see any of the applications. Most
of the applications are beyond the scope of most Calculus courses and tend to occur in classes
that many students don’t take. So, as you go through this material keep in mind that these do have
applications even if we won’t really be covering many of them in this class.
The first topic we’ll be looking at in this chapter is that of a sequence. We’ll define just what we
mean by a sequence and look at some basic topics and concepts that we’ll need to work with
them.
The other topic will be that of (infinite) series. In fact, we will spend the vast majority of this chapter
deal with series. We can’t, however, fully discuss series without understanding sequences and
hence the reason for discussing sequences first. We will define just what an infinite series is and
what it means for a series to converge or diverge. The majority of this chapter will then be spent
discussing a variety of methods for testing whether or not a series will converge or diverge.
We’ll close out the chapter with a discussion of power series and Taylor series as well as a couple
of quick applications of series that we can easily discuss without needing any extra knowledge (as
is needed for most applications of series).
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

201
Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.1 : Sequences

10.1 Sequences

For problems 1 - 3 list the first 5 terms of the sequence.

 ∞
n 2n
1. (−1) e
n=1
 ∞
6 − 8n
2.
n2 + 9n n=2
 ∞
4
3.
(−2)n+1 + 3n n=1

For problems 4 - 10 determine if the given sequence converges or diverges. If it converges what
is its limit?
∞
5 + n3

4.
2n2 − 8n + 1 n=0
∞
6n4 + 9n2

5.
9n4 − 8n2 + 7 n=11
( )∞
(−1)n+7 (2 − 8n)
6.
n2 + 9
n=2
 ∞
7. cos (nπ)
n=0
 ∞
n+1
8.
ln (6n) n=2
  ∞
3
9. cos
n+1 n=1
 ∞
10. ln (4n + 1) − ln (2 + 7n)
n=0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 202 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.2 : More on Sequences

10.2 More on Sequences

For each of the following problems determine if the sequence is increasing, decreasing, not mono-
tonic, bounded below, bounded above and/or bounded.
 ∞
1
1.
n3 + 1 n=1
 ∞
2. e3n
n=0
 ∞
n
3. (−3)
n=0

4. {sin (n)}∞
n=4
  ∞
1
5. ln
n n=2

3−n ∞
 
6.
1 − 3n n=1

2n + 1 ∞
 
7.
4n + 3 n=0
 ∞
8. (1 − n) e n
n=3
∞
n2 + 40

9.
n2 + 3n + 1 n=1
 ∞
5+n
10.
100, 000 + n2 n=0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 203 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.3 : Series - Basics

10.3 Series - Basics

For problems 1 - 4 perform an index shift so that the series starts at n = 4.

∞
X 2+n
1.
5−n
n=8

∞
X 3n+2
2.
1 − 43n+1
n=2

∞
X
3. (−2)2−n e3n
n=0

∞
X (−1)3+n n2
4.
n2 − 2n + 1
n=5

∞
X
5. Strip out the first 4 terms from the series 3n 62−n .
n=0

∞
X 4
6. Strip out the first 2 terms from the series .
n2 +n+1
n=3

∞
X ∞
X
−n
7. Given that n4 = 0.02257 determine the value of n 4−n .
n=4 n=1

∞ ∞
X n+1 X n+1
8. Given that = 0.47199 determine the value of .
n3 n3
n=3 n=5

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 204 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.4 : Convergence & Divergence of Series

10.4 Convergence & Divergence of Series

For problems 1 - 4 compute the first 3 terms in the sequence of partial sums for the given se-
ries.
∞
X 1
1.
1 + 3n
n=0

∞
X
2. (2n − 3n )
n=1

∞
X 1+n
3.
2n
n=1

∞
X
4. 10
n=0

∞
X
For problems 5 - 7 assume that the nth term in the sequence of partial sums for the series an is
n=0
∞
X
given below. Determine if the series an is convergent or divergent. If the series is convergent
n=0
determine the value of the series.

5. sn = n2 + 4n e−2n

1 + 2n + 3n2
6. sn =
4n2 + 5n + 6
n
7. sn =
ln (n + 2)
7 − 8n
8. Let dn =
4 + 3n
(a) Does the sequence {dn }∞
n=0 converge or diverge?

∞
X
(b) Does the series dn converge or diverge?
n=0

9. Let dn = 1 + ne−n
(a) Does the sequence {dn }∞
n=0 converge or diverge?

∞
X
(b) Does the series dn converge or diverge?
n=0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 205 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.4 : Convergence & Divergence of Series

For problems 10 - 12 show that the series is divergent.

∞
X 9 − 2n2
10.
1 + 4n + n2
n=1

∞
X 5n + 1
11.
3n
n=0

∞
X
12. cos (n)
n=1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 206 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.5 : Special Series

10.5 Special Series

For each of the following series determine if the series converges or diverges. If the series con-
verges give its value.
∞
X −2
1.
n2 + n
n=2

∞
X 12
2.
n
n=1

∞
X
3. 5n+3 4n
n=1

∞
X 3
4.
4n+1 51−n
n=0

∞
X 1
5.
14 n
n=1

∞
X 7
6.
n2 + 5n + 6
n=0

∞
X
7. 41+2n 32−3n
n=1

∞
X
8. 41+2n 32−3n
n=4

∞
X 5
9.
n2 − 1
n=3

∞
X 1
10.
n2 − 4n + 3
n=4

∞
X 53+n
11.
22+3n
n=0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 207 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.6 : Integral Test

10.6 Integral Test

For each of the following series determine if the series converges or diverges.
∞
X 4
1. √ 3
n=2 ( n)

∞
X 1
2. √
7 √
n=1 n2 6
n
∞
X 1
3.
2n + 1
n=2

∞
X 8
4.
n=0
(n + 10)2
∞
X 1
5.
n2 +1
n=0

∞
X ln (n)
6.
n
n=2

∞
X n3
7.
n4 + 1
n=0

∞
X n3
8.
n=0 (n4 + 1)2
∞
X 4
9.
n2 −n−6
n=4

∞
X 9
10.
n2 + 5n + 4
n=1

∞
X
11. n e−n
n=0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 208 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.7 : Comparison & Limit Comparison Test

10.7 Comparison & Limit Comparison Test

For each of the following series determine if the series converges or diverges.
∞
X 3n + n
1.
2n+1
n=0

∞
X 4n − 3
2.
2n5
n=1

∞
X 1
3.
(2n − 1) (n − 3)
n=4

∞
ln n2


X
4.
n
n=8

∞
X 4n
5.
n=1
(n + 1)3
∞
X n−4
6.
(n2+ 1) en
n=0
q
∞
X 2 + cos2 (5n)
7. √
n=2
n2 − n − 1
∞
X n−1
8. p
n=3 n3 + n + 3
∞
X 3n2 + 7n − 1
9.
n4 − n + 3
n=0

∞
X (1 − sin (n)) (1 + sin (n))
10.
n2 + 8n + 1
n=1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 209 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.8 : Alternating Series Test

10.8 Alternating Series Test

For each of the following series determine if the series converges or diverges.
∞
X (−1)n+7
1.
n2 + 3
n=0

∞
X (−1)n−2
2.
3n + 3n
n=0

∞
X (−1)n−1
3.
n3 + 4n2 + 8
n=2

∞
X 1
4. n
(−2) (6n + 1)
n=1

∞
X 4n cos (nπ)
5.
2n2 + 1
n=3

∞
X (−1)n−10 n2
6.
n3 + n2 + 4
n=0

∞
X (−1)n+5 (2n + 1)
7.
n2 + 8
n=1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 210 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.9 : Absolute Convergence

10.9 Absolute Convergence

For each of the following series determine if they are absolutely convergent or conditionally con-
vergent.
∞
X (−1)n−2
1. √
3
n=2
n−1

∞
X cos (nπ)
2.
n4
n=3

∞
X (−1)n−3 n
3.
4n2 + 3
n=0

∞
(−1)n+6 1 + n2


X
4.
n4
n=1

∞
X cos3 (n)
5.
n3 − n
n=2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 211 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.10 : Ratio Test

10.10 Ratio Test

For each of the following series determine if the series converges or diverges.
∞
X n3 + n2
1.
(n + 1)!
n=0

∞
X n+2
2.
51−n (n
+ 1)
n=1

∞
X (2n − 1)!
3.
(3n)!
n=0

∞
X (−2)4+n
4.
3n2 + 1
n=0

∞ 1
X 41+ 2 n n2
5.
32+n (n + 3)
n=2

∞
X 4
6. n+2
n=1
(−1) (n2 + n + 1)
∞
X 6−2n (n − 4)
7.
43−2n (2 − n2 )
n=3

∞
X (−1)n (n + 1)
8.
n2 + 1
n=2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 212 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.11 : Root Test

10.11 Root Test

For each of the following series determine if the series converges or diverges.
∞
X 21−3n
1.
n=0
(−3)1−2n
∞  −n
X 5n2 − 2n + 1
2.
3n2 + n − 3
n=2

∞
X 103+5n
3.
n=1
n1+n2

∞  1
6 − 9n 3 n
X 
4.
2 + 4n
n=1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 213 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.12 : Strategy for Series

10.12 Strategy for Series

Problems have not yet been written for this section.

I was finding it very difficult to come up with a good mix of new problems and decided my time
was better spent writing problems for later sections rather than trying to come up with a sufficient
number of problems for what is essentially a review section. I intend to come back at a later date
when I have more time to devote to this section and add problems then.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 214 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.13 : Estimating the Value of a Series

10.13 Estimating the Value of a Series

∞
X 1
1. Use the Integral Test and n = 8 to estimate the value of .
n=2
n (ln(n))2
∞
X 1
2. Use the Integral Test and n = 14 to estimate the value of 5 .
n=0 (2n + 1) 2
∞
X 3n − 2
3. Use the Comparison Test and n = 10 to estimate the value of .
22n + 1
n=0

∞
X n2
4. Use the Comparison Test and n = 8 to estimate the value of .
n4 + 1
n=1

∞
X (−1)n
5. Use the Alternating Series Test and n = 12 to estimate the value of .
n+1
n=0

∞ √
X (−1)n n
6. Use the Alternating Series Test and n = 18 to estimate the value of .
3n + 4
n=1

∞
X (−2)1+2n
7. Use the Ratio Test and n = 10 to estimate the value of .
n2 7n
n=1

∞
X n
8. Use the Ratio Test and n = 5 to estimate the value of .
(n − 1)!
n=1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 215 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.14 : Power Series

10.14 Power Series

For each of the following power series determine the interval and radius of convergence.
∞
X 61−n n
1. 3−2n (x + 4)
n=0
(−2)
∞
X (10x − 1)n
2.
n3+n
n=0

∞
X (3n)!
3. (6x − 9)n
(2n − 2)!
n=0

∞
X (−1)n n2
4. (5x + 20)n
4n + 1
n=0

∞
X (−1)n 81+n
5. (x − 7)n
n+4
n=0

∞
X 21+2n n
6. 1+2n 2 (4x + 2)
n=1
(−3) n
∞
X (x + 12)2+n
7.
n=0
(−16)5+n

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 216 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.15 : Power Series and Functions

10.15 Power Series and Functions

For problems 1 - 4 write the given function as a power series and give the interval of conver-
gence.
x
1. f (x) =
1 − 8x
−12x2
2. f (x) =
1 + 6x7
x7
3. f (x) =
8 + x3
√
5
x2
4. f (x) =
4 − 3x2

For problems 5 & 6 give a power series representation for the derivative of the following func-
tion.

x10
5. g (x) =
2 − x2
9x5
6. g (x) =
1 + 3x6

For problems 7 & 8 give a power series representation for the integral of the following func-
tion.
7x
7. h (x) =
3 − 6x
x4
8. h (x) =
2 + x9

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 217 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.16 : Taylor Series

10.16 Taylor Series

For problems 1 - 3 use one of the Taylor Series derived in the notes to determine the Taylor Series
for the given function.

1. f (x) = sin x4 about x = 0

2. f (x) = 9x4 e−12x about x = 0

3. f (x) = 6x2 cos 7x5 about x = 0

For problem 4 - 13 find the Taylor Series for each of the following functions.

3π
4. f (x) = sin (x) about x =
2
5. f (x) = e1−8x about x = 3

6. f (x) = ln (1 − x) about x = −2

7. f (x) = ln (2 + 9x) about x = 1

1
8. f (x) = about x = 4
(6 − x)7
1
9. f (x) = about x = −2
(4 + 9x)2
√
10. f (x) = 2 + x about x = 1
√
11. f (x) = 1 − 4x about x = −3

12. f (x) = −3x2 − x + 10 about x = −8

13. f (x) = x3 + 9x2 − 10x + 2 about x = 3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 218 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.17 : Applications of Series

10.17 Applications of Series

1. Determine a Taylor Series about x = 0 for the following integral.

cos (x) − 1
Z
dx
x

3π
2. Write down T2 (x), T4 (x) and T6 (x) for the Taylor Series of f (x) = sin (x) about x = .
2
Graph all three of the Taylor polynomials and f (x) on the same graph for the interval [−π, 2π].

3. Write down T2 (x), T3 (x) and T4 (x) for the Taylor Series of f (x) = ln (1 − x) about x = −2.
Graph all three of the Taylor polynomials and f (x) on the same graph for the interval [−4, 0].
1
4. Write down T1 (x), T3 (x) and T5 (x) for the Taylor Series of f (x) = about x = 4.
(6 − x)7
Graph all three of the Taylor polynomials and f (x) on the same graph for the interval [1, 5].
√
5. Write down T2 (x), T4 (x) and T6 (x) for the Taylor Series of f (x) = 2 + x about x = 1.
Graph all three of the Taylor polynomials and f (x) on the same graph for the interval [−2, 4].

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 219 –

Chapter 10 : Series and Sequences Section 10.18 : Binomial Series

10.18 Binomial Series

For problems 1 - 3 use the Binomial Theorem to expand the given function.
 4
1 2
1. + x
2 3

2. (1 − 8x)5

3. (3 + 7x)6

For problems 4 - 6 write down the first four terms in the binomial series for the given function.

4. (8 + 4x)−4
√
5. 16 + 25x
√
4
6. 16 − 4x

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 220 –

11 Vectors

Once again we are completely changing topics from the last chapter. We are going to do a (very)
brief introduction to vectors. We’ll look at basic notation and concepts involving vectors as well as
arithmetic involving vectors. We’ll also look at the dot product and cross product of vectors as well
as a couple of quick applications of the dot and cross product.
Once we get into the multi-variable Calculus (i.e. the topics usually taught in Calculus III) we’ll run
into vectors on a semi regular basis and so we’ll need to be familiar with them and the common
notation, concepts and arithmetic involving vectors.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

221
Chapter 11 : Vectors Section 11.1 : Basic Concepts

11.1 Basic Concepts

1. Describe the difference between (4, −1) and h4, −1i. Illustrate the difference with a sketch.

For problems 2 - 6 give the vector for the set of points. Find its magnitude and determine if the
vector is a unit vector.

2. The line segment from (6, −2, 3) to (−3, −2, 1).

   
1 8 3
3. The line segment from 1, − to , .
5 5 5

4. The line segment from (2, −1, 5) to (8, −3, −6).

5. The position vector for (−12, 4, 8).

6. The position vector for (cos (θ) , sin (θ)) for any angle θ.

7. The vector ~v = h−8, −3i starts at the point P = (8, 2). At what point does the vector end?

8. The vector ~v = h0, 5, −3i starts at the point P = (−1, 0, 5). At what point does the vector end?

9. The vector ~v = h−8, −3i ends at the point P = (8, 2). At what point does the vector start?

10. The vector ~v = h4, −2, 1i ends at the point P = (7, −7, 2). At what point does the vector start?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 222 –

Chapter 11 : Vectors Section 11.2 : Vector Arithmetic

11.2 Vector Arithmetic

1. Given ~a = 3~i − 9~j and ~b = −6~i + ~j compute each of the following.

(a) 10~b

(b) 14~a + 20~b

(c) 8~b − 13 ~a

2. Given ~u = h0, 4, −1i and ~v = h6, −2, −7i compute each of the following.
3
(a) 4~u

(b) −3~u − 7~v

(c) k~v + 10~uk

3. Given p~ = h3, −1, −2i and ~q = − 13~i − 12 ~k compute each of the following.
(a) 2~
p

(b) 9~q − 2~
p

(c) k8~
p − 12~qk

4. Find a unit vector that points in the same direction as ~a = h10, −3, 8, −2i.

~ = −~i − 6~j.
5. Find a unit vector that points in the same direction as w

6. Find a unit vector that points in the opposite direction as ~c = 2~i + 7~j − 5~k.

7. Find a unit vector that points in the opposite direction as ~b = h0, −3, −11i.

8. Find a vector that points in the same direction as p~ = 2~i − 3~j + ~k with a magnitude of 12 .

9. Find a vector that points in the opposite direction as ~a = h−3, −14, 2i with a magnitude of 32.

10. Find a vector that points in the same direction as ~b = −3~i + 2~k with a magnitude that is 1
10
the magnitude of ~b.

11. Determine if p~ = 8~i − 3~j and ~q = 16~i − 6~j are parallel vectors.

12. Determine if ~v = h1, 0, −4i and w

~ = h9, 3, 1i are parallel vectors.

13. Determine if ~a = 10~i + 8~j + 20~k and b = h−35, −28, 70i are parallel vectors.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 223 –

Chapter 11 : Vectors Section 11.2 : Vector Arithmetic

14. Prove the property : ~u + (~v + w)

~ = (~u + ~v ) + w.
~

15. Prove the property : ~v + ~0 = ~v .

16. Prove the property : 1~v = ~v .

17. Prove the property : (a + b) ~v = a~v + b~v .

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 224 –

Chapter 11 : Vectors Section 11.3 : Dot Product

11.3 Dot Product

For problems 1 - 5 determine the dot product, ~a · ~b.

1. ~a = 9~i − 8~k, ~b = h3, −2, 1i

2. ~a = h4, −1, 0, 5i , ~b = h3, 0, −10, 6i

3. ~a = ~i − 5~j − 2~k , ~b = −4~i + 2~j + 8~k

1 9

4. k~ak = , ~b = and the angle between the two vectors is θ = π.
4 4
2π
5. k~ak = 24, ~b = 9 and the angle between the two vectors is θ = .

7

For problems 6 - 8 determine the angle between the two vectors.

6. p~ = 9~i − ~j, ~q = −3~i − 6~j

7. ~a = h4, 0, −3i, ~b = 2~i + 10~j − 11~k

~ = h8, 3, −1, −4i, ~v = h−1, 9, 4, −8i

8. w

For problems 9 - 12 determine if the two vectors are parallel, orthogonal or neither.

9. ~q = 7~i − 14~j − 21~k, p~ = h−4, 8, 12i

10. ~u = h5, 0, −2i, ~q = h4, −7, 10i

11. ~a = 9~i − ~j + 5~k, ~b = −2~i + 7~j + ~k

12. ~v = h−1, 3, 1, 5i, w

~ = h−8, 3, −7, −2i
π
13. Given that ~a · ~b = −6, k~ak = 4.3 and the angle between ~a and ~b is θ = determine if ~b is a
6
unit vector or not.

For problems 14 & 15 determine the value of b for which the two vectors will be orthogonal.

14. ~u = h3, −1, 6i, ~v = h3, −2b, 1i

15. ~u = h1 − b, 4, −2i, ~v = hb, 6, 3bi

16. Given ~a = ~i + 3~j − 2~k and ~b = −3~i − 4~j + 7~k compute proj ~a ~b.

17. Given ~a = ~i + 3~j − 2~k and ~b = −3~i − 4~j + 7~k compute proj ~b ~a.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 225 –

Chapter 11 : Vectors Section 11.3 : Dot Product

18. Given p~ = h5, −2, 1i and ~q = h0, 4, 8i compute proj p~ ~q.

19. Given ~u = h1, 3, 0, −2i and w

~ = h−2, 2, 4, 1i compute proj w~ ~u.

20. Determine the direction cosines and direction angles for ~r = h5, 2, −7i.
 
1 3 5
21. Determine the direction cosines and direction angles for ~r = ,− , .
2 4 2

22. Prove the property (c~v ) · w

~ = ~v · (cw).
~

23. Prove the property ~v · w ~ · ~v .

~ =w

24. Prove the property ~v · ~0 = 0.

25. Prove the property ~v · ~v = k~v k2 .

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 226 –

Chapter 11 : Vectors Section 11.4 : Cross Product

11.4 Cross Product

~ = h1, 0, −3i and ~v = h6, −3, −4i compute ~v × w.

1. If w ~

~ = h1, 0, −3i and ~v = h6, −3, −4i compute w

2. If w ~ × ~v .

3. If ~a = 3~i − 2~j + 6~k and ~b = h4, −1, −6i compute ~a × ~b.

4. Find a vector that is orthogonal to the plane containing the points P = (−4, 2, 6),
Q = (−3, 2, 1) and R = (2, −1, 1).

5. Find a vector that is orthogonal to the plane containing the points P = (−1, 1, 6),
Q = (−2, 3, 2) and R = (−2, 4, 5).

6. Are the vectors ~u = h−2, 4, −1i, ~v = h5, −2, −1i and w

~ = h3, 4, −3i are in the same plane?

7. Are the vectors ~u = h1, −1, 4i, ~v = h4, 2, −2i and w

~ = h−5, 4, −17i are in the same plane?

8. Determine the value of b so that the vectors ~u = h4, −5, 3i, ~v = h−2, 0, −5i and w
~ = hb, −1, 6i
are in the same plane.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 227 –

12 Three Dimensional Space

R
In this chapter we will start looking at three dimensional space (3-D space or 3 ).As with the last
chapter this is preparation for multi-variable Calculus (which we’ll be starting in the next chapter)
as the vast majority of the multi-variable Calculus material assumes we are in three dimensional
(or higher dimensional) space.
In this chapter we will discuss the equations of lines and planes in three dimensional space as well
as the equations of many of the standard quadric surfaces (i.e equations with at least one quadratic
term in it).
We will define a vector function and discuss how to perform basic Calculus operations on vector
functions. We will also discuss how to get tangent vectors (a vector tangent to a curve), normal
vectors (a vector orthogonal/perpendicular) and the curvature of a curve from the vector function
that defines the curve. We’ll also have a quick discussion of how to get the velocity and acceleration
of an object as it travels along a curve defined by a vector function.
We will close out the chapter with a discussion a couple of alternative coordinates systems for
three dimensional space, namely, cylindrical coordinates (a 3D extension of polar coordinates)
and spherical coordinates.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

228
Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.1 : The 3-D Coordinate System

12.1 The 3-D Coordinate System

1. Give the projection of P = (−9, 1, 5) onto the three coordinate planes.

2. Give the projection of P = (3, −2, −5) onto the three coordinate planes.

3. Which of the points P = (8, −9, 3) and Q = (−6, 4, −5) is closest to the xz-plane?

4. Which of the points P = (8, −9, 3) and Q = (−6, 4, −5) is closest to the xy-plane?

5. Which of the points P = (5, −4, 3) and Q = (−6, 3, 9) is closest to the x-axis?

6. Which of the points P = (5, −4, 3) and Q = (−6, 3, 9) is closest to the y-axis?

For problems 7 - 9 list all of the coordinates systems (R, R2 , R3 ) that the given equation will have
a graph in. Do not sketch the graph.

x+1
7. 8z + = 4x
y2 + 2
√
8. y+2=6
2
9. 7y 3 − = xy
x+1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 229 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.2 : Equations of Lines

12.2 Equations of Lines

For problems 1 - 4 give the equation of the line in vector form, parametric form and symmetric
form.

1. The line through the points (7, −3, 1) and (−2, 1, 4).

2. The line through the point (1, −5, 0) and parallel to the line given by
~r (t) = h8 − 3t, −10 + 9t, −1 − ti.

3. The line through the point (1, −7, 14) and parallel to the line given by x = 6t, y = 9, z = 8−16t.

~ = 3~i +~j − 4~k.

4. The line through the point (−7, 2, 4) and orthogonal to both ~v = h0, −9, 1i and w

For problems 5 - 7 determine if the two lines are parallel, orthogonal or neither.

5. The line given by ~r (t) = h4 − 7t, −10 + 5t, 21 − 4ti and the line given by
~r (t) = h−2 + 3t, 7 + 5t, 5 + ti.

6. The line through the points (10, −4, 18) and (5, 6, −7) and the line given by x = 5+3t, y = −6t,
z = 1 + 15t.

7. The line given by x = 29, y = −3 − 6t, z = 12 − t and the line given by

~r (t) = h12 − 14t, 2 + 7t, −10 + 3ti.

For problems 8 - 10 determine the intersection point of the two lines or show that they do not
intersect.

8. The line passing through the points (0, −9, −1) and (1, 6, −3) and the line given by ~r (t) =
h−9 − 4t, 10 + 6t, 1 − 2ti.

9. The line given by x = 1 + 6t, y = −1 − 3t, z = 4 + 12t and the line given by x = 4 + t,
y = −10 − 8t, z = 3 − 5t.

10. The line given by ~r (t) = h14 + 5t, −3t, 1 + 7ti and the line given by
~r (t) = h3 − 3t, 5 + 2t, −2 + 4ti.

11. Does the line passing through (−5, 4, −1) and (−3, −5, 0) intersect the yz-plane? If so, give
the point.

12. Does the line given by ~r (t) = h6 + t, −8 + 14t, 4ti intersect the xz-plane? If so, give the point.

13. Which of the three coordinate planes does the line given by x = 16t, y = −4 − 9t, z = 34
intersect?

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 230 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.3 : Equations of Planes

12.3 Equations of Planes

For problems 1 - 5 write down the equation of the plane.

1. The plane containing the points (6, −3, 1), (5, −4, 1) and (3, −4, 0).

2. The plane containing the point (1, −5, 8) and orthogonal to the line given by x = −3 + 15t,
y = 14 − t, z = 9 − 3t.

3. The plane containing the point (−8, 3, 7) and parallel to the plane given by 4x + 8y − 2z = 45.

4. The plane containing the point (2, 0, −8) and containing the line given by
~r (t) = h8t, −1 − 5t, 4 − ti.

5. The plane containing the two lines given by ~r (t) = h7 + 5t, 2 + t, 6ti and
~r (t) = h7 − 6t, 2 − 2t, 10ti.

For problems 6 - 8 determine if the two planes are parallel, orthogonal or neither.

6. The plane given by −5x + 3y + 2z = −8 and the plane given by 6x − 8z = 15.

7. The plane given by 3x + 9y + 7z = −1 and the plane containing the points (1, −1, 9), (4, −1, 2)
and (−2, 3, 4).

8. The plane given by −x − 8y + 3z = 6 and the plane given by 2x + 2y + 6z = −91.

For problems 9 - 11 determine where the line intersects the plane or show that it does not intersect
the plane.

9. The line given by ~r (t) = h9 + t, −4 + t, 2 + 5ti and the plane given by 4x − 9y + z = 6.

10. The line given by ~r (t) = h2 − 3t, 1 + t, −4 − 2ti and the plane given by x − 7y − 4z = −1.

11. The line given by x = 8, y = −9t, z = 1 + 10t and the plane given by 8x + 9y + 2z = 17.

For problems 12 & 13 find the line of intersection of the two planes.

12. Find the line of intersection of the plane given by 4x + y + 10z = −2 and the plane given by
−8x + 2y + 3z = −8.

13. Find the line of intersection of the plane given by x − 10y − 2z = 3 and the plane given by
2x − y + z = −13.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 231 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.3 : Equations of Planes

14. Determine if the line given by x = 4 + 3t, y = −2, z = 1 + 6t and the plane given by
8x − y + 4z = −3 are parallel, orthogonal or neither.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 232 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.4 : Quadric Surfaces

12.4 Quadric Surfaces

Sketch each of the following quadric surfaces.

y2
1. z 2 = x2 +
2
2. z = 2 + 4x2 + 6y 2

3. 4x2 + y 2 + 3z 2 = 1

x2 y2
4. + =1
9 16
x2 z 2
5. y = + −7
2 3
6. 6x2 + 2z 2 = 1
y2
7. x = 12 − − 3z 2
4
8. x2 = 4y 2 + 9z 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 233 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.5 : Functions of Several Variables

12.5 Functions of Several Variables

For problems 1 - 6 find the domain of the given function.

p
1. f (x, y) = 2x + 4y − 1
 
1
2. f (x, y) = ln
x−y
r
1 1
3. f (x, y) = −
x2 y 2
1 1 1
4. f (x, y, z) = + +
x+1 y−1 x+y−z

5. f (x, y, z) = ln x2 + y 2 − 8z

√ √
6. f (x, y) = x+y− x−3

For problems 7 - 11 identify and sketch the level curves (or contours) for the given function.

7. x2 − 4z − y = 2

8. x − 4z − y 2 = 2

9. z 2 + 4x2 = 1 − 4y 2

10. z + 4x2 = 1 − 4y 2

11. 2x − 6y + z = −2

For problems 12 - 14 identify and sketch the traces for the given curves.

12. x2 − 4z − y = 2

13. z 2 + 4x2 = 1 − 4y 2

14. 2x − 6y + z = −2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 234 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.6 : Vector Functions

12.6 Vector Functions

For problems 1 - 3 find the domain of the given vector function.

 
1 1 1
1. ~r (t) = 2 , ,
t −1 t+3 t−6
D√ √ √ E
2. ~r (t) = t, t + 1, t + 2

3. ~r (t) = hln (t + 7) , ln (t − 3)i

For problems 4 - 8 sketch the graph of the given vector function.

4. ~r (t) = h−4, t + 1i

5. ~r (t) = h−2 cos (t) , 5sin (t)i

√ 
6. ~r (t) = t + 2, 1 − t

7. ~r (t) = 2t + 1, t2 − 1



8. ~r (t) = t2 + 4, 6 − t2



For problems 9 - 12 identify the graph of the vector function without sketching the graph.

9. ~r (t) = h6, 2 + 8t, −1 + 10ti

10. ~r (t) = h12t, 6 − 8t, 4 + 7ti

11. ~r (t) = h2, 6 cos (t) , 6 sin (t)i

12. ~r (t) = h−2t, 6 cos (t) , 6 sin (t)i

For problems 13 - 16 write down the equation of the line segment between the two points.

13. The line segment starting at (4, −7) and ending at (2, 0).

14. The line segment starting at (−1, 2) and ending at (7, −2).

15. The line segment starting at (4, 1, −3) and ending at (−1, 2, 6).

16. The line segment starting at (1, −1, 9) and ending at (4, −7, 10).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 235 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.7 : Calculus with Vector Functions

12.7 Calculus with Vector Functions

For problems 1 - 6 evaluate the given limit.



1. lim cos (2t) ~i − e4−t~j + t2 + 3t − 9 ~k
t→0

t2 − 4t
 
t−4
2. lim ,
t→4 t2 − 3t − 4 16 − t2
 
sin (t) 1 − cos (t)
3. lim , , −3
t→0 2t t
2 − 64
!
et − 1 ~ sin (t + 8)~ ~
4. lim i+ j−k
t→−8 t+8 t+8

5t2 − 8t + 1 2 + t3
 
5. lim ,
t→−∞ 12 + 5t2 1 + t2 + t4
   
4 1
6. lim ln 1 − , et , 2
2
t→∞ t

For problems 7 - 11 compute the derivative of the given vector function.

√
 
1 1
7. ~r (t) = 3t, 4 ,
t 2t

8. ~r (t) = cos (2t)~i − sin (2t) ~j + ln (2t) ~k

D 2 E
9. ~r (t) = et −1 , 4 − sec (2t) , 7

10. ~r (t) = sin (t) cos (t) ~i − t3 ln t2 ~j

t3 t2 + 2
 
1
11. ~r (t) = , ,
(t2 − 4)2 t2 + 2 t3

For problems 12 - 15 evaluate the given integral.

Z  
1 3 1 8
12. ~r (t) dt, where ~r (t) = 3 − t , 5t, − 4
t 6t t
√
Z

3
13. ~r (t) dt, where ~r (t) = t2 − 5 et −15t ~i + 4t t2 + 1~j − sin2 (5t) ~k

Z 1
~r (t) dt where ~r (t) = t cos (πt) , 8t − 2, 12t3 − e2t


14.
0

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 236 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.7 : Calculus with Vector Functions

Z −1
15. ~r (t) dt where ~r (t) = tan (t) ~i − sin3 (t) cos2 (t) ~j − 8t
1

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 237 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.8 : Tangent Normal Vectors

12.8 Tangent, Normal and Binormal Vectors

For problems 1 - 3 find the unit tangent vector for the given vector function.

1. ~r (t) = t2 ~i − cos (8t) ~j + sin (8t) ~k

2. ~r (t) = 8t, 2 − t6 , t4



3. ~r (t) = ln (6t) , e1−t , 5t



For problems 4 & 5 find the tangent line to the vector function at the given point.

4. ~r (t) = 3 + t2 , t4 , 6 at t = −1.



5. ~r (t) = 2t, cos2 (t) , e6t at t = 0.



For problems 6 & 7 find the unit normal and the binormal vectors for the given vector function.

6. ~r (t) = e4t sin (t) , e4t cos (t) , 2



7. ~r (t) = 2t~i + 12 t2 ~j + ln t2 ~k

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 238 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.9 : Arc Length with Vector Functions

12.9 Arc Length with Vector Functions

For problems 1 - 3 determine the length of the vector function on the given interval.

1. ~r (t) = 4 cos (2t)~i + 3t ~j − 4 sin (2t) ~k from 0 ≤ t ≤ 3π.

√ 
2. ~r (t) = 9 − 2t, 4 + 2t, 2 t2 from 0 ≤ t ≤ 1.

3. ~r (t) = 2t~i + 12 t2 ~j + ln t2 ~k from 1 ≤ t ≤ 3.

For problems 4 - 6 find the arc length function for the given vector function.

4. ~r (t) = h8t, 6 + t, −7ti

D 3
E
5. ~r (t) = 8t, 4t 2 , 3

6. ~r (t) = e4t sin (t) , e4t cos (t) , 2



D 3
E
7. Determine where on the curve given by ~r (t) = 8t, 4t 2 , 3 we are after traveling a distance
of 4.

8. Determine where on the curve given by ~r (t) = e4t sin (t) , e4t cos (t) , 2 we are after traveling



a distance of 15.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 239 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.10 : Curvature

12.10 Curvature

Find the curvature for each the following vector functions.

D 3
E
1. ~r (t) = 5t, 1 − 2t, 4t 2

2. ~r (t) = 6, e−5t , 3te−5t



3. ~r (t) = hcos (ωt) , t, sin (ωt)i

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 240 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.11 : Velocity and Acceleration

12.11 Velocity and Acceleration

1. An objects acceleration is given by ~a = cos (2t) ~i + 4t3 ~j + 6 sin (3t) ~k. The objects initial
velocity is ~v (0) = 6~i + 2~j + 7~k and the objects initial position is ~r (0) = ~i − 9~j + 6~k. Determine
the objects velocity and position functions.

2. An objects acceleration is given by ~a = 10t~i − 6 ~j + t cos (t) ~k. The objects initial velocity is
~v (0) = −~i + 11~j − ~k and the objects initial position is ~r (0) = 4~i + ~j + 10~k. Determine the
objects velocity and position functions.

3. Determine the tangential D and normal3 E components of acceleration for the object whose posi-
tion is given by ~r (t) = 5t, 1 − 2t, 4t 2 .

4. Determine the tangential and normal components of acceleration for the object whose posi-
tion is given by ~r (t) = 6, e−5t , 3te−5t .



© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 241 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.12 : Cylindrical Coordinates

12.12 Cylindrical Coordinates

For problems 1 & 2 convert the Cartesian coordinates for the point into Cylindrical coordinates.

1. (−3, 5, −8)

2. (4, 1, 7)

3. Convert the following equation written in Cartesian coordinates into an equation in Cylindrical
x−y
coordinates. 2 = xyz
x + y2 + 1

For problems 4 - 6 convert the equation written in Cylindrical coordinates into an equation in Carte-
sian coordinates.

4. zr3 cos (θ) = 4r + 8

p
5. r2 − 3 sin (θ) = z 3 + r2 + 1

6. tan (θ) + 2z = 1 − r2

For problems 7 - 9 identify the surface generated by the given equation.

7. z = −4r, z < 0
51
8. 2r + 6 cos (θ) + 18 sin (θ) =
r
π
9. θ =
3

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 242 –

Chapter 12 : 3 Dimensional Space Section 12.13 : Spherical Coordinates

12.13 Spherical Coordinates

For problems 1 - 3 convert the Cartesian coordinates for the point into Spherical coordinates.

1. (6, 2, −8)

2. (−1, 5, 2)

3. (−3, −2, 1)

4. Convert the Cylindrical coordinates for the point (5, 1.294, 6) into Spherical coordinates.

5. Convert the following equation written in Cartesian coordinates into an equation in Spherical
coordinates.
xz
=2−x
y

For problems 6 - 8 convert the equation written in Spherical coordinates into an equation in Carte-
sian coordinates.

6. ρ cos(ϕ) sin(ϕ) sin(θ) = 3

7. ρ − cos(ϕ) = 2 + cos2 (ϕ)

8. tan(ϕ) (cos(θ) − sin(θ)) = 4

For problems 9 & 10 identify the surface generated by the given equation.

9. cos2 (ϕ) − sin2 (ϕ) = 0

1
10. sin(ϕ)cosθ + sinϕsinθ + cos(ϕ) =
ρ

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 243 –

13 Partial Derivatives

To this point, with the exception of the occasional section in the last chapter, we’ve been working
almost exclusively with functions of a single variable. It is not time to formally start multi-variable
Calculus, i.e. Calculus involving functions of two or more variables. We will be covering the same
basic topics as we do with single variable Calculus. Namely, limits, derivatives and integrals.
In this chapter we will open up with a quick section discussing taking limits of multi-variable func-
tions. We will only be covering limits of multi-variable functions with a single chapter because, as
we’ll see, many of the concepts from single variable limits still hold, with some natural extensions
of course. However, as we’ll also see the work will often be significantly longer/harder and so we
won’t be spending a lot of time discussing limits of multi-variable functions. Luckily enough for
us we also won’t need to worry all that much about limits of multi-variable functions so the quick
discussion of limits in this chapter will suffice.
The rest of the chapter will be discussing how to take derivatives of multi-variable functions. We
want to keep the “main” interpretation of derivatives, namely the derivative will still give the rate of
change of the function. The issue here is that because we have multiple variables the function can
have differing rates of change depending on how we allow the various variables to change.
So, to start out the derivative discussion we will start by defining the partial derivative. These
will restrict just how we allow the various variables to change. We will eventually introduce the
directional derivative which will allow the variables to change in any arbitrary manner. In the process
of introducing the idea of a directional derivative we’ll also introduce the concept of a gradient of
a function. The gradient will arise in quite a few sections throughout the rest of this multi-variable
Calculus material, including integrals.
Finally, as we’ll see, if you can take derivatives of single variable functions then you have the
majority of the knowledge that you need to take derivatives of multi-variable functions. There are,
however, some subtleties that we’ll need to remember to deal with. Those subtleties are, generally,
the issues that most students run into when taking derivatives of multi-variable functions.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

244
Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.1 : Limits

13.1 Limits

Evaluate each of the following limits.

4y − z 3 e3x−6


1. lim
(x,y,z)→(2,1,0) 4z − yx2

6x − y + xy
2. lim
(x,y)→(3,−7) 2x3 + y 3

4x2 − xy − 3y 2
3. lim
(x,y)→(−3,4) 12x2 + 17xy + 6y 2

10x2 + 11xy + y 2
4. lim
(x,y)→(−1,10) 10x2 − 39xy − 4y 2

2x2 + 7y 2
5. lim
(x,y)→(0,0) 4y 2 + x2

√
6 3
x − 3y 10
6. lim
(x,y)→(0,0) 9y 30 + 2x

2x4 y
7. lim
(x,y)→(0,0) x8 + 6y 2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 245 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.2 : Partial Derivatives

13.2 Partial Derivatives

For problems 1 - 13 find all the 1st order partial derivatives.

√ √
3
1. f (x, y, z) = x3 y + 4z 3 y 2 − xyz + x2 − z 5

2. W (a, b, c, d) = a2 + b3 − c2 d4 − 5a3 c − d6 b2 a

1 t3 4u p
3. A (p, t, u) = 2
− 2
+ 4
pt u t
p
4. g (x, y, z) = x2 + z −2 + sin xy − x2

 2  2

5. f (s, t) = cos set + cos s + et

y  
1 x
6. f (x, y) = ln + ln − ln
x x+y 6
1
+ tan yz 2 − y 3


7. A (y, z) = 5
y − 4z
u v
8. g (u, v) = cos + 4u − v 2 u
v u
6
9. w = (x − y) e4x+z − sin (2x + 7z) sec yz 3

 2
10. f (u, v, w) = (uw + 4) sin−1 u2 + v 2 − ln wv4

6x2 + y
 
z
11. f (x, y, z) = sin 2
−
z +x y2 − z2

p3 t2 (4s − 1) t2
12. g (s, t, p) = +
s2 + 1 6−s
13. f (x, y, z, w) = x2 sin (4y) + z 3 (6x − y) + y 4

∂z ∂z
For problems 14 & 15 find and for the given function.
∂x ∂y

14. z 4 − y 2 + x2 = 6x2 y 3 z 7

15. x2 sin (z) + x2 − 1 y 4 = z 6

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 246 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.3 : Interpretations of Partial Derivatives

13.3 Interpretations of Partial Derivatives

1. Determine if f (x, y) = 10 − x2 − y 2 is increasing or decreasing at (7, −3) if

(a) we allow x to vary and hold y fixed.

(b) we allow y to vary and hold x fixed.

2. Determine if f (x, y) = xex−y + 100y is increasing or decreasing at (−2, 1) if

(a) we allow x to vary and hold y fixed.

(b) we allow y to vary and hold x fixed.

x+y
3. Determine if f (x, y) = is increasing or decreasing at (0, 7) if
y−x
(a) we allow x to vary and hold y fixed.

(b) we allow y to vary and hold x fixed.

4. Write
 π down the vector equations of the tangent lines to the traces for f (x, y) = sin (x) cos (y)
π
at ,− .
3 4
 
x
5. Write down the vector equations of the tangent lines to the traces for f (x, y) = ln at
y2
(6, 2).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 247 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.4 : Higher Order Partial Derivatives

13.4 Higher Order Partial Derivatives

For problems 1 - 3 verify Clairaut’s Theorem for the given function.

1. Q (s, t) = ln (st) − s4 sin (6t) + st

2. f (u, w) = sin (uw) + 4u2 w−2

3. f (x, y) = ex y sin (y)

For problems 4 - 9 find all 2nd order derivatives for the given function.

4. h (x, y) = x4 y −2 − 4xy + e7y + ln (2x)

 u 
5. A (u, v) = u2 cos (3v) + ln
4v 2
6. g (v, w) = ln (v sin (w)) + sin (v ln (w))

7. f (x, y) = cos x2 + y 2 − sin (xy)

8. h (x, y, z) = 7x3 y 2 z 4 + 8

2v
9. Q (u, v, w) = u4 sin w2 − 4 + ln v 2 w


u

For problems 10 & 11 find all 3rd order derivatives for the given function.
√
10. h (x, y) = x4 y 5 − 5 x + 8y 2

u3
11. A (u, v) = u3 sin (2v) −
v2
12. Given f (x, y, z) = e−z cos (4y) ln (2x) find fx y y z x z .
 xy  ö5w
13. Given w = ln + 8x4 y 3 z find .
z ∂x∂z 2 ∂y∂x
√
4 2

u ∂7h
14. Given h (u, v) = cos u + u + 1 − 3 find .
v ∂u2 ∂v∂u4
x6
− cos x2 + 6ex sin (y) find fx x y x y x .


15. Given f (x, y) =
1 + 6y

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 248 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.5 : Differentials

13.5 Differentials

Compute the differential of each of the following functions.

x4 z 8
1. w =
y

2. f (x, y) = tan xy 2

3. A (x, y, z) = z 3 ex z sec (y)

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 249 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.6 : Chain Rule

13.6 Chain Rule

dz
1. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine .
dt
2 −y
z = ex x = sin (4t) , y = t3 − 9

dw
2. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine .
dt
√ 1
w = x4 − 4xy 2 + z 3 x= t, y = e2t , z =
t

dw
3. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine .
dt
4x
w= x = 7t − 1, y = 1 − 2t, z = t4
y z3

dz
4. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine .
dx
z = 2x3 e4y y = cos (6x)

dz
5. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine .
dx
 
x 2
z = tan y = ex
y

∂z ∂z
6. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine and .
∂u ∂v
z = x sin y 2 − x x = 3u − v 2 , y = u6

7. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine wu and wv .

w = x4 y −3 z 2 x = u2 v, y = 3 − uv, z = 7u2 − 10v

∂z ∂z
8. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine and .
∂t ∂s
z = 6x + y 2 tan (x) x = p2 − 3t, y = s2 − t2 , p = e3s

9. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine wp and wt .

w = x2 y 4 z 6 − 2xy x = 2p, y = 3tq, z = 3tp2 , q = 2t

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 250 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.6 : Chain Rule

∂w ∂w
10. Given the following information use the Chain Rule to determine and .
∂u ∂v
√
y
w= x = uv, y = u2 − p3 , z = 4qp, p = 2u − 3v, q = v2
x2 z 3

11. Determine formulas for wu and wt for the following situation.

w = w (x, y) x = x (y, z) , y = y (u, v) , z = z (u, t) , v = v (t)

∂w ∂w
12. Determine formulas for and for the following situation.
∂s ∂t
w = w (x, y, z) x = x (u, v, t) , y = y (p) , z = z (u, t) , v = v (p, t) , p = p (s, t)

dy
13. Compute for the following equation.
dx
cos (2x + 3y) = x5 − 8y 2

dy
14. Compute for the following equation.
dx
cos (2x) sin (3y) − xy = y 4 + 9

∂z ∂z
15. Compute and for the following equation.
∂x ∂y

z 3 y 4 − x2 cos (2y − 4z) = 4z

∂z ∂z
16. Compute and for the following equation.
∂x ∂y

sin (x) e4x z + 2z 2 y = cos (z)

17. Determine fu u and fv v for the following situation.

f = f (x, y) x = eu sin (v) , y = eu cos (v)

18. Determine fu u and fv v for the following situation.

u
f = f (x, y) x = u2 − v 2 , y=
v

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 251 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.7 : Directional Derivatives

13.7 Directional Derivatives

For problems 1 - 4 determine the gradient of the given function.

1. f (x, y) = y 3 x5 + ln (xy)
x
2. f (x, y) = e y + y 4 sin (xy)

y4 √
3. f (x, y, z) = 4z − 3
+ x3 (z − 1)
2z
 xy 
4. f (x, y, z) = cos + z3y2x
z

For problems 5 - 8 determine D~u f for the given function in the indicated direction.

5. f (x, y) = ln (2xy) − sin x2 + y 2 in the direction of ~v = h7, −3i

√
6. f (x, y) = 4x2 y 3 − 2x + 5y in the direction of ~v = h−1, 4i

5z 2
7. f (x, y, z) = 8xy 2 − + y 4 in the direction of ~v = h−4, 1, 2i
x
3x
8. f (x, y, z) = + 5x2 − 8y in the direction of ~v = h0, 3, −2i
y2 − z3
2
9. Determine D~u f (−1, 4, 6) for f (x, y, z) = ex y + 4zy 3 direction of ~v = h2, −3, 6i.
x  
z
10. Determine D~u f (8, 1, 2) for f (x, y, z) = ln + ln + y 2 x direction of ~v = h1, 5, 2i.
z y

For problems 11 - 13 find the maximum rate of change of the function at the indicated point and
the direction in which this maximum rate of change occurs.

11. f (x, y) = e4x y at (6, −2)

12. f (x, y, z) = x2 y 4 − 3z 2 x at (1, −6, 3)

 
2x + 3y
13. f (x, y, z) = ln at (2, 7, 4)
z
     
3 4 4 2 3 2 14
14. Given ~u = − , − , ~v = √ , √ ~ = −√ , −√
, w , D~u (−1, 4) = and
5 5 20 20 11 11 5
22
D~v (−1, 4) = − √ determine the value of Dw~ (−1, 4).
20

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 252 –

Chapter 13 : Partial Derivatives Section 13.7 : Directional Derivatives

     
1 4 3 5 1 1 18
15. Given ~u = √ ,√ , ~v = − √ , − √ ,w~ = − √ , √ , D~u (0, 1) = √ and
15 15 34 34 2 2 15
40
D~v (0, 1) = − √ determine the value of Dw~ (0, 1).
34

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 253 –

14 Applications of Partial Derivatives

In this chapter we’ll take a look at a couple of applications of partial derivatives. The applications
here are either very similar to applications we saw for derivatives of single variable functions or
extensions of those applications.
For example we will be looking at the tangent plane to a surface rather than tangent lines to curves
as we did with single variable functions.
In addition we be finding relative and absolute extrema of multi-variable functions. The difference
in this chapter compared to the last time we saw these applications is that they will often involve a
lot more work. Because of the increased difficulty of the problems we’ll be restricting ourselves to
finding the relative and absolute extrema of functions of two variables only.
We will also be looking at Lagrange Multipliers. This is a method that will allow us to optimize
a function that is subject to some constraint. That is to say optimizing a function of two or three
variables where the variables must also satisfy some constraint (usually in the form on an equation
involving the variables).
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

254
Chapter 14 : Applications of Partial Derivatives Section 14.1 : Tangent Planes

14.1 Tangent Planes and Linear Approximations

12x
1. Find the equation of the tangent plane to z = x2 y 4 − at (−1, 6).
y
 
2

√ 1
2. Find the equation of the tangent plane to z = ln x y − x y at − , 4 .
2

3. Find the equation of the tangent plane to z = ex y + y 2 e1−y at (0, 1).

4. Find the linear approximation to z = cos (sin (y) − x) at (−2, 0).

10x2
5. Find the linear approximation to z = at (4, −1).
x−y

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 255 –

Chapter 14 : Applications of Partial Derivatives Section 14.2 : Gradient Vector

14.2 Gradient Vector, Tangent Planes and Normal Lines

√
1. Find the tangent plane and normal line to z y + 4x z − x3 y 2 = 221 at (−2, 5, 9).

2 z2
2. Find the tangent plane and normal line to ex y + zy 4 = 61 + at (0, −2, 6).
x+1
√
3. Find the tangent plane and normal line to 9yz − x2 − 8z = xy 2 − 26 at (3, 1, −2).

4. Find the point(s) on 6x2 + y 2 − 3z 2 = 4 where the tangent plane to the surface is parallel to
the plane given by 2x + 7y − z = 6.

5. Find the point(s) on x2 − 8y 2 − 2z 2 = −3 where the tangent plane to the surface is parallel to
the plane given by −4x − y + 8z = 1.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 256 –

Chapter 14 : Applications of Partial Derivatives Section 14.3 : Relative Extrema

14.3 Relative Minimums and Maximums

Find and classify all the critical points of the following functions.

1. f (x, y) = 2y − 9x − xy + 5x2 + y 2

2. f (x, y) = x3 − y 3 + 8xy

3. f (x, y) = (y − x) (1 − 2x − 3y)
1
4. f (x, y) = x4 − 4xy 2 − 2x2 + 8y 2
2
x2 +y 2


5. f (x, y) = xy e−8
1
y − 1 + x3 + y − 12x2
p
6. f (x, y) = 8x − x
2

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 257 –

Chapter 14 : Applications of Partial Derivatives Section 14.4 : Relative Extrema

14.4 Absolute Extrema

1. Find the absolute minimum and absolute maximum of f (x, y) = 18x2 + 4y 2 − y 2 x − 2 on the
triangle with vertices (−1, −1), (5, −1) and (5, 17).

2. Find the absolute minimum and absolute maximum of f (x, y) = 2x3 − 4y 3 + 24xy on the
rectangle given by 0 ≤ x ≤ 5, −3 ≤ y ≤ −1.

3. Find the absolute minimum and absolute maximum of f (x, y) = x2 − y 2 + xy − 5x on the

region bounded by y = 5 − x2 and the x-axis.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 258 –

Chapter 14 : Applications of Partial Derivatives Section 14.5 : Lagrange Multipliers

14.5 Lagrange Multipliers

1. Find the maximum and minimum values of f (x, y) = 10y 2 − 4x2 subject to the constraint
x4 + y 4 = 1.

2. Find the maximum and minimum values of f (x, y) = 3x − 6y subject to the constraint
4x2 + 2y 2 = 25.

3. Find the maximum and minimum values of f (x, y) = xy subject to the constraint x2 − y = 12.
Assume that y ≤ 0 for this problem. Why is this assumption needed?

4. Find the maximum and minimum values of f (x, y, z) = x2 + 3y 2 subject to the constraint
x2 + 4y 2 + z 2 = 36.

5. Find the maximum and minimum values of f (x, y, z) = xyz subject to the constraint
x2 + 2y 2 + 4z 2 = 24.

6. Find the maximum and minimum values of f (x, y, z) = 2x + 4y + z 2 subject to the constraints
y 2 + z 2 = 1 and x2 + z 2 = 1.

7. Find the maximum and minimum values of f (x, y, z) = x + y + z 2 subject to the constraints
x + y + z = 1 and x2 + z 2 = 1.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 259 –

15 Multiple Integrals

We now need to start discussing integration of multi-variable functions.

When we looked at definite integrals of single variable functions the values of the independent vari-
able were in some interval [a, b]. For functions of multiple variables the values of the independent
variables will not just come from intervals anymore. For functions of two variables, for example, the
values of the independent variables will come from a two dimensional region. Likewise, for func-
tions of three variables the values of the independent variables will come from a three dimensional
region.
We will be discussing Double Integrals (for integrating functions of two variables) and Triple In-
tegrals (for integrating functions of three variables). While most of the integration will be done in
terms of Cartesian coordinates we will also discuss converting integrals from Cartesian coordinates
into Polar coordinates (for functions of two variables) and Cylindrical or Spherical coordinates (for
functions of three variables).
We will also formalize the process for converting an integral from one coordinate system into an-
other. In the process we will derive some of the formulas that were using to convert integrals from
Cartesian into Polar, Cylindrical or Spherical coordinates.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

260
Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.1 : Double Integrals

15.1 Double Integrals

1. Use the Midpoint Rule to estimate the volume under f (x, y) = 4x+8y and above the rectangle
given by 0 ≤ x ≤ 4, 2 ≤ y ≤ 6 in the xy-plane. Use 4 subdivisions in the x direction and 4
subdivisions in the y direction.

2. Use the Midpoint Rule to estimate the volume under f (x, y) = 4x−y 2 and above the rectangle
given by 0 ≤ x ≤ 2, −2 ≤ y ≤ 1 in the xy-plane. Use 2 subdivisions in the x direction and 3
subdivisions in the y direction.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 261 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.2 : Iterated Integrals

15.2 Iterated Integrals

1. Compute the following double integral over the indicated rectangle (a) by integrating with
respect to x first and (b) by integrating with respect to y first.
ZZ
16xy − 9x2 + 1 dA R = [2, 3] × [−1, 1]
R

2. Compute the following double integral over the indicated rectangle (a) by integrating with
respect to x first and (b) by integrating with respect to y first.
ZZ hπ π i hπ π i
cos (x) sin (y) dA R= , × ,
6 4 4 3
R

For problems 3 - 16 compute the given double integral over the indicated rectangle.
ZZ
3. 8x3 − 4 dA R = [−3, −1] × [0, 4]
R
ZZ
2
4. 15y 4 + dA R = [1, 2] × [1, 4]
x2
R
ZZ
2x h πi
5. 4y sec2 (x) + dA R = 0, × [1, 5]
y 4
R
ZZ
6. y 5 − x2 ey dA R = [−1, 2] × [−3, 3]
R

x3
ZZ
1
7. 4
− 3y dA R = [−1, 0] × [0, 4]
1+x e
R
ZZ  
x2 3 1
8. xe − 12x sin (πy) dA R = [−2, 0] × , 1
2
R

 √  hπ i
ZZ
x cos 4y + 3x2 dA


9. R = 0, π × ,π
2
R
ZZ
ln (4xy)
10. dA R = [1, 2] × [3, 4]
xy
R
ZZ
3 −y 4
11. x2 y 3 ex dA R = [0, 1] × [−1, 0]
R

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 262 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.2 : Iterated Integrals

ZZ

6
12. 42yx3 1 + x2 y 2 dA R = [0, 1] × [0, 2]
R
 
Z Z cos x hπ
y
i
13. dA R= , π × [1, 2]
y3 2
R
 
Z Z x cos x hπ
y
i
14. dA R= , π × [1, 2]
y2 2
R
ZZ
15. 2y ln (x) − 20x3 y 3 dA R = [1, 2] × [0, 4]
R
ZZ
16. xyex cos (y) dA R = [0, 1] × [0, π]
R

17. Determine the volume that lies under f (x, y) = 20 − 3x3 − 3y 2 and above the rectangle given
by [−2, 2] × [−1, 1] in the xy-plane.

18. Determine the volume that lies under f (x, y) = 10 + xy sin x2 − y 2 and above the rectangle

given by [−3, 0] × [1, 3] in the xy-plane.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 263 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.3 : Double Integrals over General Regions

15.3 Double Integrals over General Regions

ZZ
8yx3 dA where D = (x, y) | − 1 ≤ y ≤ 2, −1 ≤ x ≤ 1 + y 2

1. Evaluate
D
ZZ
12x2 y − y 2 dA where D = (x, y) | − 2 ≤ x ≤ 2, −x2 ≤ y ≤ x2

2. Evaluate
D

6y 2
ZZ
3. Evaluate 9− dA where D is the region in the 1st quadrant bounded by y = x3 and
x2
D
y = 4x.
ZZ
1 √
4. Evaluate 15x2 − 6y dA where D is the region bounded by x = y 2 and x = 4 y.
2
D
ZZ
5. Evaluate 6y(x + 6)2 dA where D is the region bounded by x = −y 2 and x = y − 6.
D
ZZ
2 +1
6. Evaluate ey dA where D is the triangle with vertices (0, 0), (−2, 4) and (8, 4).
D

√
ZZ
2 +1
7. Evaluate 7y 3 ex dA where D is the region bounded by y = 2 4
x, x = 9 and the x-axis.
D
ZZ
x5 sin y 4 dA where D is the region in the 2nd quadrant bounded by y = 3x2 ,


8. Evaluate
D
y = 12 and the y-axis.
ZZ
9. Evaluate xy − y 2 dA where D is the region shown below.
D

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 264 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.3 : Double Integrals over General Regions

ZZ
10. Evaluate 12x3 − 3 dA where D is the region shown below.
D

ZZ
11. Evaluate 6y 2 + 10yx4 dA where D is the region shown below.
D

x3
ZZ
1 1
12. Evaluate 2
dA where D is the region bounded by y = 2 , x = 1 and y = in the order
y x 4
D
given below.
(a) Integrate with respect to x first and then y.

(b) Integrate with respect to y first and then x.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 265 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.3 : Double Integrals over General Regions

ZZ
13. Evaluate xy − y 3 dA where D is the region bounded by y = x2 , y = −x2 and x = 2 in the
D
order given below.
(a) Integrate with respect to x first and then y.

(b) Integrate with respect to y first and then x.

For problems 14 - 16 evaluate the given integral by first reversing the order of integration.
Z 8Z 2
y
14. dx dy
0
1
y3 x7 +1
Z 0 Z 2 2
q
5
−
15. √ x 3 y 3 + 1 dy dx
−4 −x
Z 2 Z 3x
16. 5y 2 x3 + 2 dy dx
0 −x

17. Use a double integral to determine the area of the region bounded by x = −y 2 and x = y − 6.

18. Use a double integral to determine the area of the region bounded by y = x2 + 1 and
1
y = x2 + 3.
2
19. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the region that is between the xy-plane and
f (x, y) = 2 − xy 2 and is above the region in the xy-plane that is bounded by y = x2 and
x = 1.

20. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the region that is between the xy-plane and
√ √
f (x, y) = 1 + y 5 x4 + 1 and is above the region in the xy-plane that is bounded by y = x,
x = 2 and the x-axis.

21. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the region in the first octant that is below
the plane given by 2x + 6y + 4z = 8.

22. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the region bounded by z = 3 − 2y, the
surface y = 1 − x2 and the planes y = 0 and z = 0.

23. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the region bounded by the planes z =
4 − 2x − 2y, y = 2x, y = 0 and z = 0.

24. Use a double integral to determine the formula for the area of a right triangle with base, b and
height h.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 266 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.3 : Double Integrals over General Regions

25. Use a double integral to determine a formula for the figure below.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 267 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.4 : Double Integrals in Polar Coordinates

15.4 Double Integrals in Polar Coordinates

ZZ
1. Evaluate 3xy 2 − 2 dA where D is the unit circle centered at the origin.
D
ZZ
2. Evaluate 4x − 2y dA where D is the top half of region between
D
x2 + y 2 = 4 and x2 + y 2 = 25.
ZZ
3. Evaluate 6xy + 4x2 dA where D is the portion of x2 + y 2 = 9 in the 2nd quadrant.
D
ZZ
sin 3x2 + 3y 2 dA where D is the region between x2 + y 2 = 1 and x2 + y 2 = 7.


4. Evaluate
D
ZZ
2 −y 2
5. Evaluate e1−x dA where D is the region in the 4th quadrant between x2 + y 2 = 16
D
and x2 + y 2 = 36.

6. Use a double integral to determine the area of the region that is inside r = 6 − 4 cos(θ).

7. Use a double integral to determine the area of the region that is inside r = 4 and outside
r = 8 + 6 sin(θ).

8. Evaluate the following integral by first converting to an integral in polar coordinates.

p
Z 0 Z 4−y 2
p x2 dx dy
−2 − 4−y 2

9. Evaluate the following integral by first converting to an integral in polar coordinates.

√
Z 1 Z 1−x 2 p
x2 + y 2 dy dx
−1 0

10. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the solid that is below z = 9 − 4x2 − 4y 2
and above the xy-plane.

11. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the solid that is bounded by z = 12−3x2 −3y 2
and z = x2 + y 2 − 8.

12. Use a double integral to determine the volume of the solid that is inside both the cylinder
x2 + y 2 = 9 and the sphere x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 16.

13. Use a double integral to derive the area of a circle of radius a.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 268 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.4 : Double Integrals in Polar Coordinates

14. Use a double integral to derive the area of the region between circles of radius a and b with
α ≤ θ ≤ β. See the image below for a sketch of the region.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 269 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.5 : Triple Integrals

15.5 Triple Integrals

Z 2Z 2Z 1
1. Evaluate 2 + z 2 − xy dz dx dy
1 0 −1
Z 0Z 1 Z xz
2. Evaluate y 2 − 6z dy dz dx
2 x2 0
Z 2 Z 1Z 2z p
3. Evaluate 3x − 1 + z 2 dx dz dy
−1 0 0
ZZZ
4. Evaluate 12y dV where E is the region below 6x + 4y + 3z = 12 in the first octant.
E
ZZZ
5. Evaluate 5x2 dV where E is the region below x + 2y + 4z = 8 in the first octant.
E
ZZZ
6. Evaluate 10z 2 − x dV where E is the region below z = 8 − y and above the region in
E
the xy-plane bounded by y = 2x, x = 3 and y = 0.
ZZZ
7. Evaluate 4y 2 dV where E is the region below z = −3x2 − 3y 2 and above z = −12.
E
ZZZ
8. Evaluate 2y − 9z dV where E is the region behind 6x + 3y + 3z = 15 front of the triangle
E
in the xy-plane with vertices, in (x, z) form :(0, 0), (0, 4) and (2, 4).
ZZZ
9. Evaluate 18x dV where E is the region behind the surface y = 4 − x2 that is in front of
E
the region in the xz-plane bounded by z = −3x, z = 2x and z = 2.
ZZZ
10. Evaluate 20x3 dV where E is the region bounded by x = 2−y 2 −z 2 and x = 5y 2 +5z 2 −6.
E
ZZZ
11. Evaluate 6z 2 dV where E is the region behind x + 6y + 2z = 8 that is in front of the
E √
region in the xy-plane bounded by z = 2y and z = 4y.
ZZZ
12. Evaluate 8y dV where E is the region between x + y + z = 6 and x + y + z = 10 above
E
the triangle in the xy-plane with vertices, in (x, y) form : (0, 0), (1, 2) and (1, 4).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 270 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.5 : Triple Integrals

ZZZ
13. Evaluate 8y dV where E is the region between x + y + z = 6 and x + y + z = 10 in front
E
of the triangle in the xy-plane with vertices, in (x, z) form : (0, 0), (1, 2) and (1, 4).
ZZZ
14. Evaluate 8y dV where E is the region between x + y + z = 6 and x + y + z = 10 in front
E
of the triangle in the xy-plane with vertices, in (y, z) form : (0, 0), (1, 2) and (1, 4).

15. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region below z = 8 − y and above the
region in the xy-plane bounded by y = 2x, x = 3 and y = 0.

16. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region in the 1st octant that is below
4x + 8y + z = 16.

17. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region behind 6x + 3y + 3z = 15 front of
the triangle in the xz-plane with vertices, in (x, z) form :(0, 0), (0, 4) and (2, 4).

18. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region bounded by y = x2 + z 2 and
√
y = x2 + z 2 .

19. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region behind x + 6y + 2z = 8 that is in
√
front of the region in the xy-plane bounded by z = 2y and z = 4y.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 271 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.6 : Triple Integrals in Cylindrical Coordinates

15.6 Triple Integrals in Cylindrical Coordinates

ZZZ
1. Evaluate 8z dV where E is the region bounded by z = 2x2 + 2y 2 − 4 and z = 5 − x2 − y 2
E
in the 1st octant.
ZZZ
2. Evaluate 6xy dV where E is the region above z = 2x − 10, below z = 2 and inside the
E
cylinder x2 + y 2 = 4.
ZZZ p p
3. Evaluate 9yz 3 dV where E is the region between x = − 9y 2 + 9z 2 and x = y 2 + z 2
E
inside the cylinder y 2 + z 2 = 1.
ZZZ
4. Evaluate x + 2 dV where E is the region bounded by x = 18 − 4y 2 − 4z 2 and x = 2 with
E
z ≥ 0.
ZZZ
5. Evaluate x + 2 dV where E is the region between the two planes 2x + y + z = 6 and
E
6x + 3y + 3z = 12 inside the cylinder x2 + z 2 = 16.
ZZZ
6. Evaluate x2 dV where E is the region bounded by y = x2 + z 2 − 4 and y = 8 − 5x2 − 5z 2
E
with x ≤ 0.
p
7. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region bounded by z = x2 + y 2 , and
z = x2 + y 2 in the 1st octant.
√
8. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region bounded by y = 9x2 + 9z 2 , and
y = −3x2 − 3z 2 in the 1st octant.

9. Use a triple integral to determine the volume of the region behind x = z + 3, in front of
x = −z − 6 and inside the cylinder y 2 + z 2 = 4.

10. Evaluate the following integral by first converting to an integral in cylindrical coordinates.
Z 4 Z p16−y 2 Z 6+x
6yx2 dz dx dy
−4 0 0

11. Evaluate the following integral by first converting to an integral in cylindrical coordinates.
Z 3 Z √9−x 2 Z 6+x 2 +y 2
√ p 15z dz dy dx
0 − 9−x 2 − 2x 2 +2y 2

12. Use a triple integral in cylindrical coordinates to derive the volume of a cylinder of height h
and radius a.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 272 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.7 : Triple Integrals in Spherical Coordinates

15.7 Triple Integrals in Spherical Coordinates

ZZZ
1. Evaluate 4y 2 dV where E is the sphere x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 9.
E
ZZZ
2. Evaluate 3x − 2y dV where E is the region between the spheres x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1 and
E
x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 4 with z ≤ 0.
ZZZ p
3. Evaluate 2yz dV where E is the region inside both x2 +y 2 +z 2 = 16 and z = 3x2 + 3y 2
E
that is in the 1st octant.
ZZZ
4. Evaluate z 2 dV where E is the region between the spheres x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 4 and
E r
1 2 1 2
x2 + y2 + z2 = 25 and inside z = − x + y .
3 3
ZZZ
5. Evaluate 5y 2 dV where E is the portion of x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 4 with x ≤ 0.
E
ZZZ
6. Evaluate 2 + 16x dV where E is the region between the spheres x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1 and
E
x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 4 with y ≥ 0 and z ≤ 0.

7. Evaluate the following integral by first converting to an integral in cylindrical coordinates.

p
Z 2Z 0 Z 9−x 2 −y 2
√ p 7x dz dy dx
0 − 4−x 2 5x 2 +5y 2

8. Evaluate the following integral by first converting to an integral in cylindrical coordinates.

√ p p
Z 5 Z 5−y 2 Z − x 2 +y 2
√ p 3xz 2 dz dx dy
− 5 0 − 10−x 2 −y 2

9. Use a triple integral in spherical coordinates to derive the volume of a sphere with radius a.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 273 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.8 : Change of Variables

15.8 Change of Variables

For problems 1 - 4 compute the Jacobian of each transformation.

1. x = 4u2 v y = 6v − 7u
√
2. x = u y = 10u + v

u2
3. x = v 3 u y=
v
4. x = eu cos(v) y = eu sin(v)

x2
5. If R is the region inside the ellipse + 49y 2 = 1 determine the region we would get applying
25
1
the transformation x = 5u, y = v to R.
7
6. If R is the triangle with vertices (2, 0), (6, 4) and (1, 4) determine the region we would get
1 1
applying the transformation x = (u − v), y = (u + 4v) to R.
5 5
7. If R is the parallelogram with vertices (0, 0), (4, 2), (0, 4) and (−4, 2) determine the region we
1
would get applying the transformation x = u − v, y = (u + v) to R.
2
8. If R is the square defined by 0 ≤ x ≤ 3 and 0 ≤ y ≤ 3 determine the region we would get
applying the transformation x = 3u, y = v 2 + u2 to R.

9. If R is the parallelogram with vertices (1, 1), (5, 3), (8, 8) and (4, 6) determine the region we
6 1
would get applying the transformation x = (u − v), y = (10u − 3v) to R.
7 7
10. If R is the region bounded by xy = 4, xy = 10, y = x and y = 6x determine the region we
r
u √
would get applying the transformation x = 2 , y = 4 uv to R.
v
ZZ
11. Evaluate x2 y 4 dA where R is the region bounded by xy = 4, xy = 10, y = x and y = 6x
R r
u √
using the transformation x = 2 , y = 4 uv.
v
ZZ
12. Evaluate 1 − y dA where R is the triangle with vertices (0, 4), (1, 1) and (2, 5) using the
R
1 1
transformation x = (7 + u − v), y = (7 + 4u + 3v) to R.
7 7

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 274 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.8 : Change of Variables

ZZ
13. Evaluate 121x dA where R is the parallelogram with vertices (0, 0), (6, 2), (7, 6) and (1, 4)
R
1 1
using the transformation x = (v − 3u), y = (4v − u) to R.
11 11
ZZ
15y
14. Evaluate dA where R is the region bounded by xy = 2, xy = 6, y = 4 and y = 10
x
R
2u
using the transformation x = v, y = .
3v
ZZ
15. Evaluate 2y − 8x dA where R is the parallelogram with vertices (6, 0), (8, 4), (6, 8) and
R
1 1
(4, 4) using the transformation x = (u − v), y = (u + v) to R.
4 2
x2 y 2
16. Derive a transformation that will transform the ellipse + 2 = 1 into a unit circle.
a2 b
17. Derive the transformation used in problem 12.

18. Derive the transformation used in problem 13.

19. Derive a transformation that will convert the parallelogram with vertices (4, 1), (7, 4), (6, 8)
and (3, 5) into a rectangle in the uv system.

20. Derive a transformation that will convert the parallelogram with vertices (4, 1), (7, 4), (6, 8)
and (3, 5) into a rectangle with one corner occurring at the origin of the uv system.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 275 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.9 : Surface Area

15.9 Surface Area

1. Determine the surface area of the portion of 6x + y + 2z = 10 that is in the 1st octant.

2. Determine the surface area of the portion of 4x + 3y + 5z = 8 that is inside the cylinder
x2 + y 2 = 49 .

3. Determine the surface area of the portion of z = 9x2 + 9y 2 − 1 that is below the xy-plane with
x ≤ 0.

4. Determine the surface area of the portion of z = 6y + 2x2 that is above the triangle in the
xy-plane with vertices (0, 0), (8, 0) and (8, 2).

5. Determine the surface area of the portion of y = 8z + 2x3 + 1 that is in front of the region in
the xz-plane bounded by z = x3 , x = 2 and the x-axis.

6. Determine the surface area of the portion of x = 6 − y 2 − z 2 that is in front of x = 2 with y ≥ 0.

7. Determine the surface area of the portion of y = 4x + 3z 2 that is in front of the triangle in the
xz-plane with vertices (0, 0), (2, 6) and (0, 6).

8. Determine the surface area of the portion of y = 3x2 +3z 2 that is inside the cylinder x2 +z 2 = 1.

9. Determine the surface area of the portion of the sphere of radius 4 that is inside the cylinder
x2 + y 2 = 3.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 276 –

Chapter 15 : Multiple Integrals Section 15.10 : Area and Volume Revisited

15.10 Area and Volume Revisited

The intent of the section was just to recap the various area and volume formulas from this chapter
and so no problems have been (or likely will be in the near future) written.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 277 –

16 Line Integrals

We now need to move on to a new kind of integral. When doing single variable definite integrals we
integrated a function of one variable over an interval. In the last chapter we integrated a function
of two variables over a two dimensional region and we integrated a function of three variables over
a three dimensional solid. In this chapter we are going to look at Line Integrals. The difference in
this chapter versus the last chapter is where the values of the variables will come from. For a line
integral of a function of two variables the variables will all be on the graph of a two dimensional
curve C. Similarly, for a line integral of a function of three variables, the variables will all be on the
graph of a three dimensional curve C.
The other main difference in this chapter versus previous chapters in which we evaluated inte-
grals is that in addition to evaluating line integrals over functions we will also, for the first time, be
integrating a vector field (which we’ll also define).
Once we have a grasp on line integrals and how to compute them we’ll take a look at the Funda-
mental Theorem of Calculus for Line Integrals and it’s relationship with conservative vector fields.
We will, in addition, discuss a method for determining if a two dimensional vector field is conser-
vative or not and if it is conservative how to find the potential function for the vector field.
Finally, we’ll discuss a very important theorem, Green’s Theorem. Green’s theorem gives a very
important relationship between certain line integrals and double integrals.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

278
Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.1 : Vector Fields

16.1 Vector Fields

1. Sketch the vector field for F~ = −y 2 ~i + x ~j.

2. Sketch the vector field for F~ = ~i + xy ~j.

3. Sketch the vector field for F~ = 4y ~i + (x + 2) ~j.

√
4. Compute the gradient vector field for f (x, y) = 6x2 − 9y + x3 y.

5. Compute the gradient vector field for f (x, y) = sin (2x) cos (3x).

6. Compute the gradient vector field for f (x, y, z) = z ex y + y 3 tan (4x).

2
7. Compute the gradient vector field for f (x, y, z) = x y 2 z 3 + 4xey − ln (x − z).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 279 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.2 : Line Integrals - Part I

16.2 Line Integrals - Part I

For problems 1 - 10 evaluate the given line integral. Follow the direction of C as given in the
problem statement.
Z
1. Evaluate 3y ds where C is the portion of x = 9 − y 2 from y = −1 and y = 2.
C

√
Z
2. Evaluate x + 2xy ds where C is the line segment from (7, 3) to (0, 6).
C
Z
3. Evaluate y 2 − 10xy ds where C is the left half of the circle centered at the origin of radius
C
6 with counter clockwise rotation.
Z
4. Evaluate x2 − 2y ds where C is given by ~r (t) = 4t4 , t4 for −1 ≤ t ≤ 0.



C
Z
5. Evaluate z 3 − 4x + 2y ds where C is the line segment from (2, 4, −1) to (1, −1, 0).
C
Z  
1 1
6. 6. Evaluate x + 12xz ds where C is given by ~r (t) = t, t2 , t4 for −2 ≤ t ≤ 1.
2 4
C
Z
7. Evaluate z 3 (x + 7) − 2y ds where C is the circle centered at the origin of radius 1 centered
C
on the x-axis at x = −3 . See the sketches below for the direction.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 280 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.2 : Line Integrals - Part I

Z
8. Evaluate 6x ds where C is the portion of y = 3 + x2 from x = −2 to x = 0 followed by the
C
portion of y = 3 − x2 form x = 0 to x = 2 which in turn is followed by the line segment from
(2, −1) to (−1, −2). See the sketch below for the direction.

Z
9. Evaluate 2 − xy ds where C is the upper half of the circle centered at the origin of radius
C
1 with the clockwise rotation followed by the line segment form (1, 0) to (3, 0) which in turn
is followed by the lower half of the circle centered at the origin of radius 3 with the clockwise
rotation. See the sketch below for the direction.

Z
10. Evaluate 3xy + (x − 1)2 ds where C is the triangle with vertices (0, 3), (6, 0) and (0, 0) with
C
the clockwise rotation.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 281 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.2 : Line Integrals - Part I

Z
11. Evaluate x5 ds for each of the following curves.
C

(a) C is the line segment from (−1, 3) to (0, 0) followed by the line segment from (0, 0) to
(0, 4).

(b) C is the portion of y = 4 − x4 from x = −1 to x = 0.

Z
12. Evaluate 3x − 6y ds for each of the following curves.
C

(a) C is the line segment from (6, 0) to (0, 3) followed by the line segment from (0, 3) to
(6, 6).

(b) C is the line segment from (6, 0) to (6, 6).

Z
13. Evaluate y 2 − 3z + 2 ds for each of the following curves.
C

(a) C is the line segment from (1, 0, 4) to (2, −1, 1).

(b) C is the line segment from (2, −1, 1) to (1, 0, 4).

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 282 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.3 : Line Integrals - Part II

16.3 Line Integrals - Part II

For problems 1 - 7 evaluate the given line integral. Follow the direction of C as given in the problem
statement.
Z
1. Evaluate xy dx + (x − y) dy where C is the line segment from (0, −3) to (−4, 1).
C
Z
π
2. Evaluate e3x dx where C is portion of x = sin (4y) from y = to y = π.
8
C
Z
x dy − x2 + y dx where C is portion of the circle centered at the origin of radius


3. Evaluate
C
3 in the 2nd quadrant with clockwise rotation.
Z
4. Evaluate dx − 3y 3 dy where C is given by ~r (t) = 4 sin (πt) ~i + (t − 1)2~j with 0 ≤ t ≤ 1.
C
Z
5. Evaluate 4y 2 dx + 3x dy + 2z dz where C is the line segment from (4, −1, 2) to (1, 7, −1).
C
Z
6. Evaluate (yz + x) dx + yz dy − (y + z) dz where C is given by
C
~r (t) = 3t~i + 4 sin (t) ~j + 4 cos (t) ~k with 0 ≤ t ≤ π.
Z p
7. Evaluate 7xy dy where C is the portion of y = x2 + 5 from x = −1 to x = 2 followed by
C
the line segment from (2, 3) to (4, −1). See the sketch below for the direction.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 283 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.3 : Line Integrals - Part II

Z
y 2 − x dx − 4y dy where C is the portion of y = x2 from x = −2 to x = 2


8. Evaluate
C
followed by the line segment from (2, 4) to (0, 6) which in turn is followed by the line segment
from (0, 6) to (−2, 4). See the sketch below for the direction.

Z
x2 − 2 dx + 7xy 2 dy for each of the following curves.


9. Evaluate
C

(a) C is the portion of x = −y 2 from y = −1 to y = 1.

(b) C is the line segment from (−1, −1) to (1, 1).

Z
10. Evaluate x3 + 9y dy for each of the following curves.
C

(a) C is the portion of y = 1 − x2 from x = −1 to x = 1.

(b) C is the line segment from (−1, 0) to (0, −1) followed by the line segment from (0, −1)
to (1, 0).
Z
11. Evaluate xy 3 dx − 4x dy for each of the following curves.
C

(a) C is the portion of the circle centered at the origin of radius 7 in the 1st quadrant with
counter clockwise rotation.

(b) C is the portion of the circle centered at the origin of radius 7 in the 1st quadrant with
clockwise rotation.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 284 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.4 : Line Integrals of Vector Fields

16.4 Line Integrals of Vector Fields

x2 y 2
Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = 2x2 ~i + y 2 − 1 ~j and C is the portion of


1. Evaluate + = 1 that
25 9
C
is in the 1st , 4th and 3rd quadrant with the clockwise orientation.
Z
2. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = xy ~i + (4x − 2y) ~j and C is the line segment from (4, −3)
C
to (7, 0).
Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = x3 − y ~i + x2 + 7x ~j and C is the portion of y = x3 + 2



3. Evaluate
C
from x = −1 to x = 2.
Z
4. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = xy ~i+ 1 + x2 ~j and C is given by ~r (t) = e6t ~i+ 4 − e2t ~j

C
for −2 ≤ t ≤ 0.
Z
5. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y, z) = (3x − 3y) ~i + y 3 − 10 ~j + y z ~k and C is the line seg-

C
ment from (1, 4, −2) to (3, 4, 6).
Z
6. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y, z) = (x + z) ~i + y 3~j + (1 − x) ~k and C is the portion of the
C
spiral on the y-axis given by ~r (t) = cos (2t) ~i − t ~j + sin (2t) ~k for −π ≤ t ≤ 2π.
Z
7. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = x2 ~i + y 2 − x ~j and C is the line segment from (2, 4) to

C
(0, 4) followed by the line segment form (0, 4) to (3, −1).

y2
Z
8. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = xy ~i − 3 ~j and C is the portion of x2 + = 1 in the 2nd
16
C
quadrant with clockwise rotation followed by the line segment from (0, 4) to (4, −2). See the
sketch on the next page.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 285 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.4 : Line Integrals of Vector Fields

Z
9. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = xy 2 ~i + (2y + 3x) ~j and C is the portion of x = y 2 − 1 from
C
y = −2 to y = 2 followed by the line segment from (3, 2) to (0, 0) which in turn is followed by
the line segment from (0, 0) to (3, −2). See the sketch below.

Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = 1 − y 2 ~i − x ~j for each of the following curves.


10. Evaluate
C

(a) C is the top half of the circle centered at the origin of radius 1 with the counter clockwise
rotation.
y2
(b) C is the bottom half of x2 + = 1 with clockwise rotation.
36

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 286 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.4 : Line Integrals of Vector Fields

Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = x2 + y + 2 ~i + x y ~j for each of the following curves.


11. Evaluate
C

(a) C is the portion of y = x2 − 2 from x = −3 to x = 3.

(b) C is the line segment from (−3, 5) to (3, 5).

Z
12. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = y 2 ~i + (1 − 3x) ~j for each of the following curves.
C

(a) C is the line segment from (1, 4) to (−2, 3).

(b) C is the line segment from (−2, 3) to (1, 4).

Z
13. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = −2x~i + (x + 2y) ~j for each of the following curves.
C

x2 y 2
(a) C is the portion of + = 1 in the 1st quadrant with counter clockwise rotation.
16 4
x2 y 2
(b) C is the portion of + = 1 in the 1st quadrant with clockwise rotation.
16 4

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 287 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.5 : Fundamental Theorem for Line Integrals

16.5 Fundamental Theorem for Line Integrals

Z  
2t
1. Evaluate ∇f · d~r where f (x, y) = 5x−y 2 +10xy+9 and C is given by ~r (t) = 2
, 1 − 8t
t +1
C
with −2 ≤ t ≤ 0.
3x − 8y
Z
and C is given by ~r (t) = 6t~i + 4~j + 9 − t3 ~k


2. Evaluate ∇f · d~r where f (x, y, z) =
z−6
C
with −1 ≤ t ≤ 3.
Z
3. Evaluate ∇f · d~r where f (x, y) = 20y cos (x + 3) − yx3 and C is right half of the ellipse
C
(y − 1)2
given by (x + 3)2 + = 1 with clockwise rotation.
16
Z
4. Compute F~ · d~r where F~ = 2x~i + 4y ~j and C is the circle centered at the origin of radius
C Z
5 with the counter clockwise rotation. Is F~ · d~r independent of path? If it is not possible to
Z C

determine if F~ · d~r is independent of path clearly explain why not.

C
Z
5. Compute F~ · d~r where F~ = y ~i + x2 ~j and C is the circle centered at the origin of radius 5
C Z
with the counter clockwise rotation. Is F~ · d~r independent of path? If it is not possible to
Z C

determine if F~ · d~r is independent of path clearly explain why not.

C
Z
6. Evaluate ∇f · d~r where f (x, y, z) = zx2 +x(y − 2)2 and C is the line segment from (1, 2, 0)
C
to (−3, 10, 9) followed by the line segment from (−3, 10, 9) to (6, 0, 2).
Z
∇f · d~r where f (x, y) = 4x + 3xy 2 − ln x2 + y 2 and C is the upper half of


7. Evaluate
C
(y − 2)2
x2 + y 2 = 1 with clockwise rotation followed by the right half of (x − 1)2 + = 1 with
4
counter clockwise rotation. See the sketch on the next page.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 288 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.5 : Fundamental Theorem for Line Integrals

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 289 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.6 : Conservative Vector Fields

16.6 Conservative Vector Fields

For problems 1 - 4 determine if the vector field is conservative.

1. F~ = 2xy 3 + ex cos (y) ~i + ex sin (y) − 3x2 y 2 ~j

2. F~ = xy 2 − 3y 4 + 2 ~i + xy 2 + x2 y 2 − x ~j

x3
 
√

3. F~ = 2 + 12xy 2 − 3x2 y ~i − √ − 12x y ~j
2
2 y

3x2 x3
   
4. F~ = 8− + 5x4 y 2 ~i + 6 + 2 − 3y 2 + 2x5 y ~j
y y

For problems 5 - 11 find the potential function for the vector field.

2y 3 ~ 3y 2 ~
   
5. F~ = 3 2
4x + 3y + 3 i + 3x − 3y − 2 j
x x

6. F~ = 3x2 e2y + 4ye4x ~i − 7 − 2x3 e2y − e4x ~j

7. F~ = cos (x) cos (x + y) − 2y 2 − sin (x) sin (x + y) ~i − (4xy + sin (x) sin (x + y)) ~j

1 + x2 ~
   
4 2x 2 6
8. F~ = + + 2 3 i+ ~ − j
x2 y x y xy 4 y2
 2
  2
  2

9. F~ = 2xex −z sin y 2 − 3y 3 ~i + 2yex −z cos y 2 − 9xy 2 ~j + 12z − ex −z sin y 2 ~k

 
~ 2 ~

2 ~

2yz ~k
10. F = 12x − 5z i + ln 1 + z j − 10xz −
1 + z2

11. F~ = zy 2 ey−x − xy 2 zey−x ~i + 2xyzey−x + xy 2 zey−x ~j + xy 2 ey−x − 24z ~k

3x2 3
Z    
x
12. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = − 3x y ~i + 8y − x −
2 3 ~j and C is the
y−1 (y − 1)2
C
line segment from (1, 2) to (4, 3).
Z
13. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = y 2 − 4y + 5 ~i + (2xy − 4x − 9) ~j and C the upper half

C
x2 y2
of + = 1 with clockwise rotation.
36 16
Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = − 3 − (1 + 2y) ex−1 ~i + 3y 2 + 2ex−1 ~j and C is the



14. Evaluate
C
portion of y = x3 + 1 from x = −2 to x = 1.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 290 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.6 : Conservative Vector Fields

Z  
x ~i + (2yz − 6y) ~j + y 2 + √ z ~k and C
15. Evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y, z) = √
x2 + z 2 x2 + z 2
C
is the line segment from (1, 0, −1) to (2, −4, 3).
Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y, z) = (12xy − 2x) ~i + 6x2 − 8yz ~j + 8 − 4y 2 ~k and C is



16. Evaluate
C
the spiral given by ~r (t) = hsin (πt) , cos (πt) , 3ti for 0 ≤ t ≤ 6.
Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = 8 − 14xy 2 + 2ye2x ~i + e2x − 14x2 y ~j and C is the



17. Evaluate
C
curve shown below.

Z
F~ · d~r where F~ (x, y) = 6x − 5y 2 + 2xy 3 − 10 ~i + 3x2 y 2 − 10xy ~j and C is the



18. Evaluate
C
curve shown below.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 291 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.7 : Green’s Theorem

16.7 Green’s Theorem

Z
yx2 − y dx + x3 + 4 dy where C is shown below.



1. Use Green’s Theorem to evaluate
C

Z
7x + y 2 dy − x2 − 2y dx where C is are the two



2. Use Green’s Theorem to evaluate
C
circles as shown below.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 292 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.7 : Green’s Theorem

Z
y 2 − 6y dx + y 3 + 10y 2 dy where C is shown below.



3. Use Green’s Theorem to evaluate
C

Z
xy 2 dx + 1 − xy 3 dy where C is shown below.


4. Use Green’s Theorem to evaluate
C

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 293 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.7 : Green’s Theorem

I
y 2 − 4x dx − 2 + x2 y 2 dy where C is shown below.



5. Use Green’s Theorem to evaluate
C

I
y 3 − xy 2 dx + 2 − x3 dy where C is shown below.



6. Use Green’s Theorem to evaluate
C

I
6 + x2 dx + (1 − 2xy) dy where C is shown below by


7. Verify Green’s Theorem for
C
(a) computing the line integral directly and (b) using Green’s Theorem to compute the line
integral.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 294 –

Chapter 16 : Line Integrals Section 16.7 : Green’s Theorem

I
6y − 3y 2 + x dx + yx3 dy where C is shown below by


8. Verify Green’s Theorem for
C
(a) computing the line integral directly and (b) using Green’s Theorem to compute the line
integral.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 295 –

17 Surface Integrals

In this chapter we are going to take a look at surface integrals. In the previous chapter we integrated
a line integral of a function of three variables where the variables came from a three dimensional
curve. In this chapter we want to integrate a function of three variables but now the variables will
come from a three dimensional solid. As with line integrals we will integrate both functions and
vector fields.
We will also introduce the concept of the curl and divergence of a vector field. In addition, we will
discuss how to write down a set of parametric equations for a surface.
We will close out the chapter by discussing Stokes’ Theorem and the Divergence Theorem. Stokes’
Theorem will give a nice relationship between line integrals and surface integrals. The Divergence
Theorem will give a relationship between surface integrals and triple integrals.
If you are looking for some practice problems (with solutions available) please check out the Prac-
tice Problems. There you will find a set of problems that should give you quite a bit practice.

296
Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.1 : Curl and Divergence

17.1 Curl and Divergence

For problems 1 - 3 compute divF~ and curlF~ .

1. F~ = (2y − cos (x)) ~i − z 2 e3x~j + x2 − 7z ~k

2. F~ = − (4y − 1) ~i + xy 2~j + (x − 3y) ~k

4y 2
3. F~ = z 2 (y − x) ~i + 3 ~j + x2 − 3z ~k


z

For problems 4 - 6 determine if the vector field is conservative.

4. F~ = 2xy 2 − 16x ~i + 2y x2 − 1 ~j + 9~k

5. F~ = (y − 3z) ~i + x2 + y 4 ~j − 4z 2~k

6. F~ = 18x2 + 4z 3 ~i − 12yz ~j − 6y 2 − 12xz 2 ~k

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 297 –

Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.2 : Parametric Surfaces

17.2 Parametric Surfaces

For problems 1 - 10 write down a set of parametric equations for the given surface.

1. The plane containing the three points (1, 4, −2), (−3, 0, 1) and (2, 4, −5).

2. The portion of the plane x + 9y + 3z = 8 that lies in the 1st octant.

3. The portion of x = 2y 2 + 2z 2 − 7 that is behind x = 5.

4. The portion of y = 10 − 3x2 − 3z 2 that is in front of the xz-plane.

5. The cylinder x2 + z 2 = 121.

6. The cylinder y 2 + z 2 = 6 for 2 ≤ x ≤ 9.

7. The sphere x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 17.

8. The portion of the sphere of radius 3 with y ≥ 0 and z ≤ 0.

9. The tangent plane to the surface given by the following parametric equation at the point
(−5, 4, −12).
~r (u, v) = (u + 2v)~i + u2 + 3 ~j − 3v 2~k

10. The tangent plane to the surface given by the following parametric equation at the point
(1, −11, 19).
~r (u, v) = e6−2v , u2 − 15, 1 − uv 2



11. Determine the surface area of the portion of 3x + 3y + 4z = 16 that is in the 1st octant.

12. Determine the surface area of the portion of x + 4y + 8z = 4 that is inside the cylinder
x2 + y 2 = 16.

13. Determine the surface area of the portion of z = 6y + 2x2 that is above the triangle in the
xy-plane with vertices (0, 0), (8, 0) and (8, 2).

14. Determine the surface area of the portion of x = 6 − y 2 − z 2 that is in front of x = 2 with y ≥ 0.

15. Determine the surface area of the portion of x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 11 with x ≥ 0, y ≤ 0 and z ≥ 0.

16. Determine the surface area of the portion of the surface given by the following parametric
equation that lies above the triangle in the uv-plane with vertices (0, 0), (10, 2) and (0, 2).

~r (u, v) = v 2 , 3v, 2u



© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 298 –

Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.2 : Parametric Surfaces

17. Determine the surface area of the portion of the surface given by the following parametric
3
equation that lies above the region in the uv-plane bounded by v = u2 , u = 2 and the
2
u-axis.
~r (u, v) = huv, 3uv, vi

18. Determine the surface area of the portion of the surface given by the following parametric
equation that lies inside the cylinder u2 + v 2 = 16.

~r (u, v) = huv, 1 − 3v, 2 + 3ui

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 299 –

Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.3 : Surface Integrals

17.3 Surface Integrals

ZZ
1. Evaluate 2x − 3y + z dS where S is the portion of x + y + z = 2 that is in the 1st octant.
S
ZZ
2. Evaluate x + y 2 + z 2 dS where S is the portion of x = 4 − y 2 − z 2 that lies in front of
S
x = −2.
ZZ
3. Evaluate 6 dS where S is the portion of y = 4z + x3 + 6 that lies over the region in the
S
xz-plane with bounded by z = x3 , x = 1 and the x-axis.
ZZ
4. Evaluate xyz dS where S is the portion of x2 + y 2 = 36 between z = −3 and z = 1.
S
ZZ
5. Evaluate z 2 + x dS where S is the portion of x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 4 with z ≥ 0.
S
ZZ
6. Evaluate 4y dS where S is the portion of x2 + z 2 = 9 between y = 2 and y = 10 − x.
S
ZZ
7. Evaluate z + 3 dS where S is the surface of the solid bounded by z = 2x2 + 2y 2 − 3 and
S
z = 1. Note that both surfaces of this solid are included in S.
ZZ
8. Evaluate z dS where S is the surface of the solid bounded by y 2 + z 2 = 4, x = y − 3, and
S
x = 6 − z. Note that all three surfaces of this solid are included in S.
ZZ
9. Evaluate 4 + z dS where S is the portion of the sphere of radius 1 with z ≥ 0 and x ≤ 0.
S
Note that all three surfaces of this solid are included in S.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 300 –

Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.4 : Surface Integrals of Vector Fields

17.4 Surface Integrals of Vector Fields

ZZ
1. Evaluate ~ where F~ = (z − y) ~i + x ~j + 4y ~k and S is the portion of x + y + z = 2
F~ · dS
S
that is in the 1st octant oriented in the positive z-axis direction.
ZZ
2. Evaluate ~ where F~ = (x − 4) ~i + z ~j − y ~k and S is the portion of x = 4 − y 2 − z 2
F~ · dS
S
that lies in front of x = −2 oriented in the negative x-axis direction.
ZZ
3. Evaluate ~ where F~ = ~i + 4z ~j + (z − y) ~k and S is the portion of y = 4z + x3 + 6 that
F~ · dS
S
lies over the region in the xz-plane with bounded by z = x3 , x = 1 and the x-axis oriented in
the positive y-axis direction.
ZZ
4. Evaluate ~ where F~ = (x + y) ~i + x ~j + zx2 ~k and S is the portion of x2 + y 2 = 36
F~ · dS
S
between z = −3 and z = 1 oriented outward (i.e. away from the z-axis).
ZZ
5. Evaluate ~ where F~ = z ~i + 3 ~k and S is the portion of x2 + y 2 + z 2 = 4 with z ≥ 0
F~ · dS
S
oriented outwards (i.e. away from the origin).
ZZ
6. Evaluate ~ where F~ = −x~i + (4 + y) ~j − z ~k and S is the portion of x2 + z 2 = 9
F~ · dS
S
between y = 2 and y = 10 − x oriented inward (i.e. towards from the y-axis).
ZZ
7. Evaluate ~ where F~ = y ~i + 2 ~j + (z + 3)2 ~k and S is the surface of the solid bounded
F~ · dS
S
by z = 2x2 + 2y 2 − 3 and z = 1 with the negative orientation. Note that both surfaces of this
solid are included in S.
ZZ
8. Evaluate ~ where F~ = (x − y) ~i + z ~j + y ~k and S is the surface of the solid bounded
F~ · dS
S
by y 2 + z 2 = 4, x = y − 3, and x = 6 − z with the positive orientation. Note that all three
surfaces of this solid are included in S.
ZZ
9. Evaluate ~ where F~ = y ~i − 2 ~k and S is the portion of the sphere of radius 1 with
F~ · dS
S
z ≥ 0 and x ≤ 0 with the positive orientation. Note that all three surfaces of this solid are
included in S.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 301 –

Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.5 : Stokes’ Theorem

17.5 Stokes’ Theorem

ZZ
~ where F~ = x3 ~i + 4y − z 3 y 3 ~j + 2x ~k and S
curlF~ · dS


1. Use Stokes’ Theorem to evaluate
S
is the portion of z = x2 + y 2 − 3 below z = 1 with orientation in the negative z-axis direction.
ZZ
2. Use Stokes’ Theorem to evaluate ~ where F~ = 2y ~i + 3x ~j + (z − x) ~k and S
curlF~ · dS
S
is the portion of y = 11 − 3x2 − 3z 2 in front of y = 5 with orientation in the positive y-axis
direction.
Z
F~ · d~r where F~ = zx3 − 2z ~i + xz ~j + yx ~k and C is


3. Use Stokes’ Theorem to evaluate
C
the triangle with vertices (0, 0, 4), (0, 2, 0) and (2, 0, 0). C has a clockwise rotation if you are
above the triangle and looking down towards the xy-plane. See the figure below for a sketch
of the curve.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 302 –

Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.5 : Stokes’ Theorem

Z
4. Use Stokes’ Theorem to evaluate F~ · d~r where F~ = x2 ~i − 4z ~j + xy ~k and C is is the circle
C
of radius 1 at x = −3 and perpendicular to the x-axis. C has a counter clockwise rotation
if you are looking down the x-axis from the positive x-axis to the negative x-axis. See the
figure below for a sketch of the curve.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 303 –

Chapter 17 : Surface Integrals Section 17.6 : Divergence Theorem

17.6 Divergence Theorem

ZZ
1. Use the Divergence Theorem to evaluate F~ · dS
~ where
S

F~ = 3x − zx2 ~i+ x3 − 1 ~j + 4y 2 + x2 z 2 ~k and S is the surface of the box with 0 ≤ x ≤ 1,

−3 ≤ y ≤ 0 and −2 ≤ z ≤ 1. Note that all six sides of the box are included in S.
ZZ
2. Use the Divergence Theorem to evaluate ~ where F~ = 4x~i + (1 − 6y) ~j + z 3 ~k and
F~ · dS
S
S is the surface of the sphere of radius 2 with z ≥ 0, y ≤ 0 and x ≥ 0. Note that all four
surfaces of this solid are included in S.
ZZ
3. Use the Divergence Theorem to evaluate ~ where F~ = −xy ~i + (z − 1) ~j + z 3 ~k and
F~ · dS
S
S is the surface of the solid bounded by y = 4x2 + 4z 2 − 1 and the plane y = 7. Note that
both of the surfaces of this solid included in S.
ZZ
4. Use the Divergence Theorem to evaluate F~ · dS
~ where
S
F~ = 4x − z 2 ~i + (x + 3z) ~j + (6 − z) ~k and S is the surface of the solid bounded by the

cylinder x2 + y 2 = 36 and the planes z = −2 and z = 3 . Note that both of the surfaces of
this solid included in S.

© Paul Dawkins Calculus - Assignment Problems – 304 –